Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

The Compendium 37 परिवार 37

Chapter: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051

1. Ekakavāra

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859606162636465666768697071727374757677787980818283848586878889909192939495969798991001011021031041051061071081091101111121131141151161171181191201211221231241251261271281291301311321331341351361371381391401411421431441451461471481491501511521531541551561571581591601611621631641651661671681691701711721731741751761771781791801811821831841851861871881891901911921931941951961971981992002012022032042052062072082092102112122132142152162172182192202212222232242252262272282292302312322332342352362372382392402412422432442452462472482492502512522532542552562572582592602612622632642652662672682692702712722732742752762772782792802812822832842852862872882892902912922932942952962972982993003013023033043053063073083093103113123133143153163173183193203213223233243253263273283293303313323333343353363373383393403413423433443453463473483493503513523533543553563573583593603613623633643653663673683693703713723733743753763773783793803813823833843853863873883893903913923933943953963973983994004014024034044054064074084094104114124134144154164174184194204214224234244254264274284294304314324334344354364374384394404414424434444454464474484494504514524534544554564574584594604614624634644654664674684694704714724734744754764774784794804814824834844854864874884894904914924934944954964974984995005015025035045055065075085095105115125135145155165175185195205215225235245255265275285295305315325335345355365375385395405415425435445455465475485495505515525535545555565575585595605615625635645655665675685695705715725735745755765775785795805815825835845855865875885895905915925935945955965975985996006016026036046056066076086096106116126136146156166176186196206216226236246256266276286296306316326336346356366376386396406416426436446456466476486496506516526536546556566576586596606616626636646656666676686696706716726736746756766776786796806816826836846856866876886896906916926936946956966976986997007017027037047057067077087097107117127137147157167177187197207217227237247257267277287297307317327337347357367377387397407417427437447457467477487497507517527537547557567577587597607617627637647657667677687697707717727737747757767777787797807817827837847857867877887897907917927937947957967977987998008018028038048058068078088098108118128138148158168178188198208218228238248258268278288298308318328338348358368378388398408418428438448458468478488498508518528538548558568578588598608618628638648658668678688698708718728738748758768778788798808818828838848858868878888898908918928938948958968978988999009019029039049059069079089099109119129139149159169179189199209219229239249259269279289299309319329339349359369379389399409419429439449459469479489499509519529539549559569579589599609619629639649659669679689699709719729739749759769779789799809819829839849859869879889899909919929939949959969979989991000100110021003100410051006100710081009101010111012101310141015101610171018101910201021102210231024102510261027102810291030103110321033103410351036103710381039104010411042104310441045104610471048104910501051105210531054105510561057105810591060106110621063106410651066106710681069107010711072107310741075107610771078107910801081108210831084108510861087108810891090109110921093109410951096109710981099110011011102110311041105110611071108110911101111111211131114111511161117111811191120112111221123112411251126112711281129113011311132113311341135113611371138113911401141114211431144114511461147114811491150115111521153115411551156115711581159116011611162116311641165116611671168116911701171117211731174117511761177117811791180118111821183118411851186118711881189119011911192119311941195119611971198119912001201120212031204120512061207120812091210121112121213121412151216121712181219122012211222122312241225122612271228122912301231123212331234123512361237123812391240124112421243124412451246124712481249125012511252125312541255125612571258125912601261126212631264126512661267126812691270127112721273127412751276127712781279128012811282128312841285128612871288128912901291129212931294129512961297129812991300130113021303130413051306130713081309131013111312131313141315131613171318131913201321132213231324132513261327 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   परिवारpa·ri·vā·ra

   Parivāra

   The Compendium

2. 2

   7। एकुत्तरिकनयe·kut·ta·ri·ka·na·ya

   7. Ekuttarikanaya

   The numerical method

3. 3

   1। एककवारe·ka·ka·vā·ra

   1. Ekakavāra

   1. The section on ones

4. 4

   आपत्तिकराā·pat·ti·ka·rā धम्माdham·mā जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Āpattikarā dhammā jānitabbā.

   “The things that produce offenses should be known.

5. 5

   अनापत्तिकराa·nā·pat·ti·ka·rā धम्माdham·mā जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Anāpattikarā dhammā jānitabbā.

   The things that do not produce offenses should be known.

6. 6

   आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Āpatti jānitabbā.

   Offenses should be known.

7. 7

   अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Anāpatti jānitabbā.

   Non-offenses should be known.

8. 8

   लहुकाla·hu·kā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Lahukā āpatti jānitabbā.

   Light offenses should be known.

9. 9

   गरुकाga·ru·kā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

   Garukā āpatti jānitabbā.

   Serious offenses should be known.

10. 10

    सावसेसाsā·va·se·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Sāvasesā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Curable offenses should be known.

11. 11

    अनवसेसाa·na·va·se·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Anavasesā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Incurable offenses should be known.

12. 12

    दुट्ठुल्लाduṭ·ṭhul·lā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Duṭṭhullā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Grave offenses should be known.

13. 13

    अदुट्ठुल्लाa·duṭ·ṭhul·lā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Aduṭṭhullā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Minor offenses should be known.

14. 14

    सप्पटिकम्माsap·pa·ṭi·kam·mā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Sappaṭikammā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that require making amends should be known.

15. 15

    अप्पटिकम्माap·pa·ṭi·kam·mā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Appaṭikammā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that do not require making amends should be known.

16. 16

    देसनागामिनीde·sa·nā·gā·mi·nī आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Desanāgāminī āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that are confessable should be known.

17. 17

    अदेसनागामिनीa·de·sa·nā·gā·mi·nī आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Adesanāgāminī āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that are not confessable should be known.

18. 18

    अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Antarāyikā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Obstructive offenses should be known.

19. 19

    अनन्तरायिकाa·nan·ta·rā·yi·kā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Anantarāyikā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Unobstructive offenses should be known.

20. 20

    सावज्जपञ्ञत्तिsā·vaj·ja·pañ·ñat·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Sāvajjapaññatti āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses designated as blameworthy should be known.

21. 21

    अनवज्जपञ्ञत्तिa·na·vaj·ja·pañ·ñat·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Anavajjapaññatti āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses designated as blameless should be known.

22. 22

    किरियतोki·ri·ya·to समुट्ठिताsa·muṭ·ṭhi·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Kiriyato samuṭṭhitā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses originating from action should be known.

23. 23

    अकिरियतोa·ki·ri·ya·to समुट्ठिताsa·muṭ·ṭhi·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Akiriyato samuṭṭhitā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses originating from non-action should be known.

24. 24

    किरियाकिरियतोki·ri·yā·ki·ri·ya·to समुट्ठिताsa·muṭ·ṭhi·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhitā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses originating from both action and non-action should be known.

25. 25

    पुब्बापत्तिpub·bā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Pubbāpatti jānitabbā.

    Initial offenses should be known.

26. 26

    अपरापत्तिa·pa·rā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Aparāpatti jānitabbā.

    Subsequent offenses should be known.

27. 27

    पुब्बापत्तीनंpub·bā·pat·tī·naṃ अन्तरापत्तिan·ta·rā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Pubbāpattīnaṁ antarāpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses committed while making amends for an initial offense should be known.

28. 28

    अपरापत्तीनंa·pa·rā·pat·tī·naṃ अन्तरापत्तिan·ta·rā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Aparāpattīnaṁ antarāpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses committed while making amends for a subsequent offense should be known.

29. 29

    देसिताde·si·tā गणनूपगाga·ṇa·nū·pa·gā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Desitā gaṇanūpagā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that are fit to be counted as confessed should be known.

30. 30

    देसिताde·si·tā नna गणनूपगाga·ṇa·nū·pa·gā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Desitā na gaṇanūpagā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses that are unfit to be counted as confessed should be known.

31. 31

    पञ्ञत्तिpañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Paññatti jānitabbā.

    The rule should be known.

32. 32

    अनुपञ्ञत्तिa·nu·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Anupaññatti jānitabbā.

    An addition to the rule down should be known.

33. 33

    अनुप्पन्नपञ्ञत्तिa·nup·pan·na·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Anuppannapaññatti jānitabbā.

    An unprompted rule should be known.

34. 34

    सब्बत्थपञ्ञत्तिsab·bat·tha·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Sabbatthapaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules that apply everywhere should be known.

35. 35

    पदेसपञ्ञत्तिpa·de·sa·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Padesapaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules that apply in a particular place should be known.

36. 36

    साधारणपञ्ञत्तिsā·dhā·ra·ṇa·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Sādhāraṇapaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules that the monks and nuns have in common should be known.

37. 37

    असाधारणपञ्ञत्तिa·sā·dhā·ra·ṇa·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Asādhāraṇapaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules they do not have in common should be known.

38. 38

    एकतोपञ्ञत्तिe·ka·to·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Ekatopaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules for one Sangha should be known.

39. 39

    उभतोपञ्ञत्तिu·bha·to·pañ·ñat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Ubhatopaññatti jānitabbā.

    Rules for both Sanghas should be known.

40. 40

    थुल्लवज्जाthul·la·vaj·jā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Thullavajjā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Heavy offenses should be known.

41. 41

    अथुल्लवज्जाa·thul·la·vaj·jā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Athullavajjā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Light offenses should be known.

42. 42

    गिहिपटिसंयुत्ताgi·hi·pa·ṭi·saṃ·yut·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Gihipaṭisaṁyuttā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses connected with householders should be known.

43. 43

    नna गिहिपटिसंयुत्ताgi·hi·pa·ṭi·saṃ·yut·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Na gihipaṭisaṁyuttā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses not connected with householders should be known.

44. 44

    नियताni·ya·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Niyatā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses with fixed rebirth should be known.

45. 45

    अनियताa·ni·ya·tā आपत्तिā·pat·ti जानितब्बा।jā·ni·tab·bā

    Aniyatā āpatti jānitabbā.

    Offenses with undetermined rebirth should be known.

46. 46

    आदिकरोā·di·ka·ro पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Ādikaro puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who is the first offender should be known.

47. 47

    अनादिकरोa·nā·di·ka·ro पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Anādikaro puggalo jānitabbo.

    The subsequent offenders should be known.

48. 48

    अधिच्चापत्तिकोa·dhic·cā·pat·ti·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Adhiccāpattiko puggalo jānitabbo.

    The occasional offender should be known.

49. 49

    अभिण्हापत्तिकोa·bhiṇ·hā·pat·ti·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Abhiṇhāpattiko puggalo jānitabbo.

    The frequent offender should be known.

50. 50

    चोदकोco·da·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Codako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The accusing person should be known.

51. 51

    चुदितकोcu·di·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Cuditako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The accused person should be known.

52. 52

    अधम्मचोदकोa·dham·ma·co·da·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Adhammacodako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who accuses illegitimately should be known.

53. 53

    अधम्मचुदितकोa·dham·ma·cu·di·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Adhammacuditako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who is accused illegitimately should be known.

54. 54

    धम्मचोदकोdham·ma·co·da·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Dhammacodako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who accuses legitimately should be known.

55. 55

    धम्मचुदितकोdham·ma·cu·di·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Dhammacuditako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who is accused legitimately should be known.

56. 56

    नियतोni·ya·to पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Niyato puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person with fixed future should be known.

57. 57

    अनियतोa·ni·ya·to पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Aniyato puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person with undetermined future should be known.

58. 58

    अभब्बापत्तिकोa·bhab·bā·pat·ti·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Abhabbāpattiko puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person incapable of an offense should be known.

59. 59

    भब्बापत्तिकोbhab·bā·pat·ti·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Bhabbāpattiko puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person capable of an offense should be known.

60. 60

    उक्खित्तकोuk·khit·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Ukkhittako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The ejected person should be known.

61. 61

    अनुक्खित्तकोa·nuk·khit·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Anukkhittako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The unejected person should be known.

62. 62

    नासितकोnā·si·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Nāsitako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The expelled person should be known.

63. 63

    अनासितकोa·nā·si·ta·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Anāsitako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The unexpelled person should be known.

64. 64

    समानसंवासकोsa·mā·na·saṃ·vā·sa·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Samānasaṁvāsako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who belongs to the same Buddhist sect should be known.

65. 65

    असमानसंवासकोa·sa·mā·na·saṃ·vā·sa·ko पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo जानितब्बो।jā·ni·tab·bo

    Asamānasaṁvāsako puggalo jānitabbo.

    The person who belongs to a different Buddhist sect should be known.

66. 66

    ठपनंṭha·pa·naṃ जानितब्बन्ति।jā·ni·tab·ban·ti

    Ṭhapanaṁ jānitabbanti.

    Cancellation should be known.”

67. 67

    एककंe·ka·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Ekakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The section on ones is finished.

68. 68

    तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

    Tassuddānaṁ

    This is the summary:

69. 69

    कराka·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti लहुका,la·hu·kā

    Karā āpatti lahukā,

    “That produce, offense, light,

70. 70

    सावसेसाsā·va·se·sā चca दुट्ठुल्ला;duṭ·ṭhul·lā

    sāvasesā ca duṭṭhullā;

    And curable, grave;

71. 71

    पटिकम्मदेसनाpa·ṭi·kam·ma·de·sa·nā च,ca

    Paṭikammadesanā ca,

    Making amends, and confession,

72. 72

    अन्तराan·ta·rā वज्जकिरियं।vaj·ja·ki·ri·yaṃ

    antarā vajjakiriyaṁ.

    Obstructive, blameworthy, action.

73. 73

    किरियाकिरियंki·ri·yā·ki·ri·yaṃ पुब्बा,pub·bā

    Kiriyākiriyaṁ pubbā,

    Both action and non-action, initial,

74. 74

    अन्तराan·ta·rā गणनूपगा;ga·ṇa·nū·pa·gā

    Antarā gaṇanūpagā;

    While making amends, fit to be counted;

75. 75

    पञ्ञत्तिpañ·ñat·ti अनानुप्पन्न,a·nā·nup·pan·na

    Paññatti anānuppanna,

    Rule, unprompted,

76. 76

    सब्बसाधारणाsab·ba·sā·dhā·ra·ṇā चca एकतो।e·ka·to

    Sabbasādhāraṇā ca ekato.

    Everywhere, and in common, for one Sangha.

77. 77

    थुल्लगिहिनियताthul·la·gi·hi·ni·ya·tā च,ca

    Thullagihiniyatā ca,

    Heavy, householder, and fixed,

78. 78

    आदिā·di अधिच्चचोदको;a·dhic·ca·co·da·ko

    ādi adhiccacodako;

    First, occasional, accusing;

79. 79

    अधम्मधम्मनियतो,a·dham·ma·dham·ma·ni·ya·to

    Adhammadhammaniyato,

    Illegitimately, legitimately, fixed,

80. 80

    अभब्बोक्खित्तनासिता;a·bhab·bok·khit·ta·nā·si·tā

    abhabbokkhittanāsitā;

    Incapable, ejected, expelled;

81. 81

    समानंsa·mā·naṃ ठपनञ्चेव,ṭha·pa·nañ·ce·va

    Samānaṁ ṭhapanañceva,

    The same, and cancellation:

82. 82

    उद्दानंud·dā·naṃ एककेe·ka·ke इदन्ति।i·dan·ti

    uddānaṁ ekake idanti.

    This is the summary of the ones.”

83. 83

    2। दुकवारdu·ka·vā·ra

    2. Dukavāra

    2. The section on twos

84. 84

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सञ्ञाsañ·ñā विमोक्खा,vi·mok·khā अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नोno सञ्ञाविमोक्खा।sañ·ñā·vi·mok·khā

    Atthāpatti saññā vimokkhā, atthāpatti no saññāvimokkhā.

    There are offenses for which perception is a factor, and offenses for which it is not. —

85. 85

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti लद्धसमापत्तिकस्स,lad·dha·sa·mā·pat·ti·kas·sa अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna लद्धसमापत्तिकस्स।lad·dha·sa·mā·pat·ti·kas·sa

    Atthāpatti laddhasamāpattikassa, atthāpatti na laddhasamāpattikassa.

    There are offenses for which the attainment has been achieved, and offenses for which it has not. —

86. 86

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सद्धम्मपटिसञ्ञुत्ता,sad·dham·ma·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti असद्धम्मपटिसञ्ञुत्ता।a·sad·dham·ma·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā

    Atthāpatti saddhammapaṭisaññuttā, atthāpatti asaddhammapaṭisaññuttā.

    There are offenses that are connected with the true Teaching, and offenses that are not. —

87. 87

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सपरिक्खारपटिसञ्ञुत्ता,sa·pa·rik·khā·ra·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परपरिक्खारपटिसञ्ञुत्ता।pa·ra·pa·rik·khā·ra·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā

    Atthāpatti saparikkhārapaṭisaññuttā, atthāpatti paraparikkhārapaṭisaññuttā.

    There are offenses that are connected with one’s own requisites, and offenses that are connected with someone else’s requisites. —

88. 88

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सपुग्गलपटिसञ्ञुत्ता,sa·pug·ga·la·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परपुग्गलपटिसञ्ञुत्ता।pa·ra·pug·ga·la·pa·ṭi·sañ·ñut·tā

    Atthāpatti sapuggalapaṭisaññuttā, atthāpatti parapuggalapaṭisaññuttā.

    There are offenses that are connected with oneself, and offenses that are connected with others. —

89. 89

    अत्थिat·thi सच्चंsac·caṃ भणन्तोbha·ṇan·to गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti मुसाmu·sā भणन्तोbha·ṇan·to लहुकं।la·hu·kaṃ

    Atthi saccaṁ bhaṇanto garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, musā bhaṇanto lahukaṁ.

    There are heavy offenses committed by one speaking the truth, and light offenses committed by one speaking falsely.

90. 90

    अत्थिat·thi मुसाmu·sā भणन्तोbha·ṇan·to गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सच्चंsac·caṃ भणन्तोbha·ṇan·to लहुकं।la·hu·kaṃ

    Atthi musā bhaṇanto garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, saccaṁ bhaṇanto lahukaṁ.

    There are heavy offenses committed by one speaking falsely, and light offenses committed by one speaking the truth. —

91. 91

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti भूमिगतोbhū·mi·ga·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno वेहासगतो।ve·hā·sa·ga·to

    Atthāpatti bhūmigato āpajjati, no vehāsagato.

    There are offenses committed by one on the ground, not by one above ground.

92. 92

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti वेहासगतोve·hā·sa·ga·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno भूमिगतो।bhū·mi·ga·to

    Atthāpatti vehāsagato āpajjati, no bhūmigato.

    There are offenses committed by one above ground, not by one on the ground. —

93. 93

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti निक्खमन्तोnik·kha·man·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno पविसन्तो।pa·vi·san·to

    Atthāpatti nikkhamanto āpajjati, no pavisanto.

    There are offenses committed by one who is leaving, not by one who is entering.

94. 94

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पविसन्तोpa·vi·san·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno निक्खमन्तो।nik·kha·man·to

    Atthāpatti pavisanto āpajjati, no nikkhamanto.

    There are offenses committed by one who is entering, not by one who is leaving. —

95. 95

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आदियन्तोā·di·yan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अनादियन्तोa·nā·di·yan·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

    Atthāpatti ādiyanto āpajjati, atthāpatti anādiyanto āpajjati.

    There are offenses committed by applying, and offenses committed by not applying. —

96. 96

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti समादियन्तोsa·mā·di·yan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna समादियन्तोsa·mā·di·yan·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

    Atthāpatti samādiyanto āpajjati, atthāpatti na samādiyanto āpajjati.

    There are offenses committed by undertaking, and offenses committed by not undertaking. —

97. 97

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti करोन्तोka·ron·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna करोन्तोka·ron·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

    Atthāpatti karonto āpajjati, atthāpatti na karonto āpajjati.

    There are offenses committed by doing, and offenses committed by not doing. —

98. 98

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti देन्तोden·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna देन्तोden·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

    Atthāpatti dento āpajjati, atthāpatti na dento āpajjati.

    There are offenses committed by giving, and offenses committed by not giving. —

99. 99

    अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti देसेन्तोde·sen·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna देसेन्तोde·sen·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

    Atthāpatti desento āpajjati, atthāpatti na desento āpajjati.

    There are offenses committed by teaching, and offenses committed by not teaching. —

100. 100

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पटिग्गण्हन्तोpa·ṭig·gaṇ·han·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna पटिग्गण्हन्तोpa·ṭig·gaṇ·han·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti paṭiggaṇhanto āpajjati, atthāpatti na paṭiggaṇhanto āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed by receiving, and offenses committed by not receiving. —

101. 101

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परिभोगेनpa·ri·bho·ge·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna परिभोगेनpa·ri·bho·ge·na आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti paribhogena āpajjati, atthāpatti na paribhogena āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed by using, and offenses committed by not using. —

102. 102

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti रत्तिंrat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno दिवा।di·vā

     Atthāpatti rattiṁ āpajjati, no divā.

     There are offenses committed at night, not by day.

103. 103

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti दिवाdi·vā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno रत्तिं।rat·tiṃ

     Atthāpatti divā āpajjati, no rattiṁ.

     There are offenses committed by day, not at night. —

104. 104

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अरुणुग्गेa·ru·ṇug·ge आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna अरुणुग्गेa·ru·ṇug·ge आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti aruṇugge āpajjati, atthāpatti na aruṇugge āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed at dawn, and offenses committed not at dawn. —

105. 105

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti छिन्दन्तोchin·dan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna छिन्दन्तोchin·dan·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti chindanto āpajjati, atthāpatti na chindanto āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed by cutting, and offenses committed by not cutting. —

106. 106

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti छादेन्तोchā·den·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna छादेन्तोchā·den·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti chādento āpajjati, atthāpatti na chādento āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed by covering, and offenses committed by not covering. —

107. 107

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti धारेन्तोdhā·ren·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नna धारेन्तोdhā·ren·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti dhārento āpajjati, atthāpatti na dhārento āpajjati.

     There are offenses committed by wearing, and offenses committed by not wearing.

108. 108

     द्वेdve उपोसथा—u·po·sa·thā

     Dve uposathā—

     There are two observance days:

109. 109

     चातुद्दसिकोcā·tud·da·si·ko चca पन्नरसिकोpan·na·ra·si·ko च।ca

     cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca.

     the fourteenth and the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month. —

110. 110

     द्वेdve पवारणा—pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Dve pavāraṇā—

     There are two invitation days:

111. 111

     चातुद्दसिकाcā·tud·da·si·kā चca पन्नरसिकाpan·na·ra·si·kā च।ca

     cātuddasikā ca pannarasikā ca.

     the fourteenth and the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month. —

112. 112

     द्वेdve कम्मानि—kam·mā·ni

     Dve kammāni—

     There are two kinds of legal procedures:

113. 113

     अपलोकनकम्मं,a·pa·lo·ka·na·kam·maṃ ञत्तिकम्मं।ñat·ti·kam·maṃ

     apalokanakammaṁ, ñattikammaṁ.

     the procedure consisting of getting permission, and the procedure consisting of one motion. —

114. 114

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi द्वेdve कम्मानि—kam·mā·ni

     Aparānipi dve kammāni—

     There are two other kinds of legal procedures:

115. 115

     ञत्तिदुतियकम्मं,ñat·ti·du·ti·ya·kam·maṃ ञत्तिचतुत्थकम्मं।ñat·ti·ca·tut·tha·kam·maṃ

     ñattidutiyakammaṁ, ñatticatutthakammaṁ.

     the procedure consisting of one motion and one announcement, and the procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements. —

116. 116

     द्वेdve कम्मवत्थूनि—kam·ma·vat·thū·ni

     Dve kammavatthūni—

     There are two kinds of cases of legal procedures:

117. 117

     अपलोकनकम्मस्सa·pa·lo·ka·na·kam·mas·sa वत्थु,vat·thu ञत्तिकम्मस्सñat·ti·kam·mas·sa वत्थु।vat·thu

     apalokanakammassa vatthu, ñattikammassa vatthu.

     the cases of procedures consisting of getting permission, and the cases of procedures consisting of one motion. —

118. 118

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi द्वेdve कम्मवत्थूनि—kam·ma·vat·thū·ni

     Aparānipi dve kammavatthūni—

     There are two other kinds of cases of legal procedures:

119. 119

     ञत्तिदुतियकम्मस्सñat·ti·du·ti·ya·kam·mas·sa वत्थु,vat·thu ञत्तिचतुत्थकम्मस्सñat·ti·ca·tut·tha·kam·mas·sa वत्थु।vat·thu

     ñattidutiyakammassa vatthu, ñatticatutthakammassa vatthu.

     the cases of procedures consisting of one motion and one announcement, and the cases of procedures consisting of one motion and three announcements. —

120. 120

     द्वेdve कम्मदोसा—kam·ma·do·sā

     Dve kammadosā—

     There are two kinds of flaws in legal procedures:

121. 121

     अपलोकनकम्मस्सa·pa·lo·ka·na·kam·mas·sa दोसो,do·so ञत्तिकम्मस्सñat·ti·kam·mas·sa दोसो।do·so

     apalokanakammassa doso, ñattikammassa doso.

     the flaw in a procedure consisting of getting permission, and the flaw in a procedure consisting of one motion. —

122. 122

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve कम्मदोसा—kam·ma·do·sā

     Aparepi dve kammadosā—

     There are two other kinds of flaws in legal procedures:

123. 123

     ञत्तिदुतियकम्मस्सñat·ti·du·ti·ya·kam·mas·sa दोसो,do·so ञत्तिचतुत्थकम्मस्सñat·ti·ca·tut·tha·kam·mas·sa दोसो।do·so

     ñattidutiyakammassa doso, ñatticatutthakammassa doso.

     the flaw in a procedure consisting of one motion and one announcement, and the flaw in a procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements. —

124. 124

     द्वेdve कम्मसम्पत्तियो—kam·ma·sam·pat·ti·yo

     Dve kammasampattiyo—

     There are two kinds of successes in legal procedures:

125. 125

     अपलोकनकम्मस्सa·pa·lo·ka·na·kam·mas·sa सम्पत्ति,sam·pat·ti ञत्तिकम्मस्सñat·ti·kam·mas·sa सम्पत्ति।sam·pat·ti

     apalokanakammassa sampatti, ñattikammassa sampatti.

     the success of a procedure consisting of getting permission, and the success of a procedure consisting of one motion. —

126. 126

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi द्वेdve कम्मसम्पत्तियो—kam·ma·sam·pat·ti·yo

     Aparāpi dve kammasampattiyo—

     There are two other kinds of successes in legal procedures:

127. 127

     ञत्तिदुतियकम्मस्सñat·ti·du·ti·ya·kam·mas·sa सम्पत्ति,sam·pat·ti ञत्तिचतुत्थकम्मस्सñat·ti·ca·tut·tha·kam·mas·sa सम्पत्ति।sam·pat·ti

     ñattidutiyakammassa sampatti, ñatticatutthakammassa sampatti.

     the success of a procedure consisting of one motion and one announcement, and the success of a procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements.

128. 128

     द्वेdve नानासंवासकभूमियो—nā·nā·saṃ·vā·sa·ka·bhū·mi·yo

     Dve nānāsaṁvāsakabhūmiyo—

     There are two grounds for belonging to a different Buddhist sect:

129. 129

     अत्तनाat·ta·nā वाvā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ नानासंवासकंnā·nā·saṃ·vā·sa·kaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti समग्गोsa·mag·go वाvā नंnaṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उक्खिपतिuk·khi·pa·ti अदस्सनेa·das·sa·ne वाvā अप्पटिकम्मेap·pa·ṭi·kam·me वाvā अप्पटिनिस्सग्गेap·pa·ṭi·nis·sag·ge वा।vā

     attanā vā attānaṁ nānāsaṁvāsakaṁ karoti, samaggo vā naṁ saṅgho ukkhipati adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā.

     either one makes oneself belong to a different Buddhist sect, or a unanimous assembly ejects one for not recognizing an offense, for not making amends for an offense, or for not giving up a bad view. —

130. 130

     द्वेdve समानसंवासकभूमियो—sa·mā·na·saṃ·vā·sa·ka·bhū·mi·yo

     Dve samānasaṁvāsakabhūmiyo—

     There are two grounds for belonging to the same Buddhist sect:

131. 131

     अत्तनाat·ta·nā वाvā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ समानसंवासकंsa·mā·na·saṃ·vā·sa·kaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti समग्गोsa·mag·go वाvā नंnaṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ ओसारेतिo·sā·re·ti दस्सनेdas·sa·ne वाvā पटिकम्मेpa·ṭi·kam·me वाvā पटिनिस्सग्गेpa·ṭi·nis·sag·ge वा।vā

     attanā vā attānaṁ samānasaṁvāsakaṁ karoti, samaggo vā naṁ saṅgho ukkhittaṁ osāreti dassane vā paṭikamme vā paṭinissagge vā.

     either one makes oneself belong to the same Buddhist sect, or a unanimous assembly readmits one who has been ejected for recognizing an offense, for making amends for an offense, or for giving up a bad view. —

132. 132

     द्वेdve पाराजिका—pā·rā·ji·kā

     Dve pārājikā—

     There are two kinds of offenses entailing expulsion:

133. 133

     भिक्खूनञ्चbhik·khū·nañ·ca भिक्खुनीनञ्च।bhik·khu·nī·nañ·ca

     bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca.

     for monks and for nuns. —

134. 134

     द्वेdve सङ्घादिसेसा,saṅ·ghā·di·se·sā द्वेdve थुल्लच्चया,thul·lac·ca·yā द्वेdve पाचित्तिया,pā·cit·ti·yā द्वेdve पाटिदेसनीया,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā द्वेdve दुक्कटा,duk·ka·ṭā द्वेdve दुब्भासिता—dub·bhā·si·tā

     Dve saṅghādisesā, dve thullaccayā, dve pācittiyā, dve pāṭidesanīyā, dve dukkaṭā, dve dubbhāsitā—

     There are two kinds of offenses entailing suspension, two kinds of serious offenses, two kinds of offenses entailing confession, two kinds of offenses entailing acknowledgment, two kinds of offenses of wrong conduct, two kinds of offenses of wrong speech:

135. 135

     भिक्खूनञ्चbhik·khū·nañ·ca भिक्खुनीनञ्च।bhik·khu·nī·nañ·ca

     bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca.

     for monks and for nuns. —

136. 136

     सत्तsat·ta आपत्तियो,ā·pat·ti·yo सत्तsat·ta आपत्तिक्खन्धा।ā·pat·tik·khan·dhā

     Satta āpattiyo, satta āpattikkhandhā.

     There are seven kinds of offenses and seven classes of offenses. —

137. 137

     द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिज्जति—bhij·ja·ti

     Dvīhākārehi saṅgho bhijjati—

     Schism in the Sangha occurs in two ways:

138. 138

     कम्मेनkam·me·na वाvā सलाकग्गाहेनsa·lā·kag·gā·he·na वा।vā

     kammena vā salākaggāhena vā.

     through a legal procedure or through a vote.

139. 139

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बा—u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·bā

     Dve puggalā na upasampādetabbā—

     Two kinds of people should not be given the full ordination:

140. 140

     अद्धानहीनो,ad·dhā·na·hī·no अङ्गहीनो।aṅ·ga·hī·no

     addhānahīno, aṅgahīno.

     one lacking in age, and one lacking in limbs. —

141. 141

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बा—u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·bā

     Aparepi dve puggalā na upasampādetabbā—

     Another two kinds of people should not be given the full ordination:

142. 142

     वत्थुविपन्नो,vat·thu·vi·pan·no करणदुक्कटको।ka·ra·ṇa·duk·ka·ṭa·ko

     vatthuvipanno, karaṇadukkaṭako.

     one who is deficient as object, and one who has acted wrongly. —

143. 143

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बा—u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·bā

     Aparepi dve puggalā na upasampādetabbā—

     Another two kinds of people should not be given the full ordination:

144. 144

     अपरिपूरोa·pa·ri·pū·ro परिपूरोpa·ri·pū·ro नोno चca याचति।yā·ca·ti

     aparipūro paripūro no ca yācati.

     one who is incomplete, and one who is complete but who has not asked for it. —

145. 145

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ निस्सायnis·sā·ya नna वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ nissāya na vatthabbaṁ—

     One should not live with formal support from two kinds of persons:

146. 146

     अलज्जिस्सa·laj·jis·sa चca बालस्सbā·las·sa च।ca

     alajjissa ca bālassa ca.

     one who is shameless, and one who is ignorant. —

147. 147

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo नna दातब्बो—dā·tab·bo

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ nissayo na dātabbo—

     One should not give formal support to two kinds of people:

148. 148

     अलज्जिस्सa·laj·jis·sa चca लज्जिनोlaj·ji·no चca नna याचति।yā·ca·ti

     alajjissa ca lajjino ca na yācati.

     one who is shameless, and one who has a sense of conscience but who has not asked for it. —

149. 149

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बो—dā·tab·bo

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ nissayo dātabbo—

     One should give formal support to two kinds of people:

150. 150

     बालस्सbā·las·sa चca लज्जिस्सlaj·jis·sa चca याचति।yā·ca·ti

     bālassa ca lajjissa ca yācati.

     one who is ignorant, and one who has a sense of conscience and who has asked for it. —

151. 151

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अभब्बाa·bhab·bā आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जितुं—ā·paj·ji·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā abhabbā āpattiṁ āpajjituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are incapable of committing an offense:

152. 152

     बुद्धाbud·dhā चca पच्चेकबुद्धाpac·ce·ka·bud·dhā च।ca

     buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca.

     Buddhas and solitary Buddhas. —

153. 153

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā भब्बा,bhab·bā आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जितुं—ā·paj·ji·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā bhabbā, āpattiṁ āpajjituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are capable of committing an offense:

154. 154

     भिक्खूbhik·khū चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo च।ca

     bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca.

     monks and nuns. —

155. 155

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अभब्बाa·bhab·bā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जितुं—ā·paj·ji·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā abhabbā sañcicca āpattiṁ āpajjituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are incapable of intentionally committing an offense:

156. 156

     भिक्खूbhik·khū चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo चca अरियपुग्गला।a·ri·ya·pug·ga·lā

     bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca ariyapuggalā.

     monks and nuns who are noble persons. —

157. 157

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā भब्बाbhab·bā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जितुं—ā·paj·ji·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā bhabbā sañcicca āpattiṁ āpajjituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are capable of intentionally committing an offense:

158. 158

     भिक्खूbhik·khū चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo चca पुथुज्जना।pu·thuj·ja·nā

     bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca puthujjanā.

     monks and nuns who are ordinary persons. —

159. 159

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अभब्बाa·bhab·bā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca सातिसारंsā·ti·sā·raṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ अज्झाचरितुं—aj·jhā·ca·ri·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā abhabbā sañcicca sātisāraṁ vatthuṁ ajjhācarituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are incapable of intentionally committing an action that goes too far:

160. 160

     भिक्खूbhik·khū चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo चca अरियपुग्गला।a·ri·ya·pug·ga·lā

     bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca ariyapuggalā.

     monks and nuns who are noble persons. —

161. 161

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā भब्बाbhab·bā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca सातिसारंsā·ti·sā·raṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ अज्झाचरितुं—aj·jhā·ca·ri·tuṃ

     Dve puggalā bhabbā sañcicca sātisāraṁ vatthuṁ ajjhācarituṁ—

     Two kinds of people are capable of intentionally committing an action that goes too far:

162. 162

     भिक्खूbhik·khū चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo चca पुथुज्जना।pu·thuj·ja·nā

     bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca puthujjanā.

     monks and nuns who are ordinary persons.

163. 163

     द्वेdve पटिक्कोसा—pa·ṭik·ko·sā

     Dve paṭikkosā—

     There are two kinds of objections:

164. 164

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā पटिक्कोसतिpa·ṭik·ko·sa·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā पटिक्कोसति।pa·ṭik·ko·sa·ti

     kāyena vā paṭikkosati vācāya vā paṭikkosati.

     one objects by body, or one objects by speech. —

165. 165

     द्वेdve निस्सारणा—nis·sā·ra·ṇā

     Dve nissāraṇā—

     There are two kinds of sending away:

166. 166

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अप्पत्तोap·pat·to निस्सारणंnis·sā·ra·ṇaṃ तञ्चेtañ·ce सङ्घोsaṅ·gho निस्सारेतिnis·sā·re·ti एकच्चोe·kac·co सुनिस्सारितो,su·nis·sā·ri·to एकच्चोe·kac·co दुन्निस्सारितो।dun·nis·sā·ri·to

     atthi puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṁ tañce saṅgho nissāreti ekacco sunissārito, ekacco dunnissārito.

     if the Sangha sends away those who don’t have the attributes needed for being sent away, the sending away of some succeeds, while the sending away of others fails. —

167. 167

     द्वेdve ओसारणा—o·sā·ra·ṇā

     Dve osāraṇā—

     There are two kinds of admittance:

168. 168

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अप्पत्तोap·pat·to ओसारणंo·sā·ra·ṇaṃ तञ्चेtañ·ce सङ्घोsaṅ·gho ओसारेतिo·sā·re·ti एकच्चोe·kac·co सोसारितो,so·sā·ri·to एकच्चोe·kac·co दोसारितो।do·sā·ri·to

     atthi puggalo appatto osāraṇaṁ tañce saṅgho osāreti ekacco sosārito, ekacco dosārito.

     if the Sangha admits those who don’t have the attributes needed for being admitted, the admittance of some succeeds, while the admittance of others fails. —

169. 169

     द्वेdve पटिञ्ञा—pa·ṭiñ·ñā

     Dve paṭiññā—

     There are two kinds of admitting:

170. 170

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā पटिजानातिpa·ṭi·jā·nā·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā पटिजानाति।pa·ṭi·jā·nā·ti

     kāyena vā paṭijānāti vācāya vā paṭijānāti.

     one admits by body, or one admits by speech. —

171. 171

     द्वेdve पटिग्गहा—pa·ṭig·ga·hā

     Dve paṭiggahā—

     There are two kinds of receiving:

172. 172

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā पटिग्गण्हातिpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti कायपटिबद्धेनkā·ya·pa·ṭi·bad·dhe·na वाvā पटिग्गण्हाति।pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti

     kāyena vā paṭiggaṇhāti kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti.

     one receives by body, or one receives by what is connected to the body. —

173. 173

     द्वेdve पटिक्खेपा—pa·ṭik·khe·pā

     Dve paṭikkhepā—

     There are two kinds of prohibitions:

174. 174

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā पटिक्खिपतिpa·ṭik·khi·pa·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā पटिक्खिपति।pa·ṭik·khi·pa·ti

     kāyena vā paṭikkhipati vācāya vā paṭikkhipati.

     one prohibits by body, or one prohibits by speech. —

175. 175

     द्वेdve उपघातिका—u·pa·ghā·ti·kā

     Dve upaghātikā—

     There are two kinds of harming:

176. 176

     सिक्खूपघातिकाsik·khū·pa·ghā·ti·kā चca भोगूपघातिकाbho·gū·pa·ghā·ti·kā च।ca

     sikkhūpaghātikā ca bhogūpaghātikā ca.

     harming of the training, and harming of possessions. —

177. 177

     द्वेdve चोदना—co·da·nā

     Dve codanā—

     There are two kinds of accusing:

178. 178

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā चोदेतिco·de·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā चोदेति।co·de·ti

     kāyena vā codeti vācāya vā codeti.

     one accuses by body, or one accuses by speech.

179. 179

     द्वेdve कथिनस्सka·thi·nas·sa पलिबोधा—pa·li·bo·dhā

     Dve kathinassa palibodhā—

     There are two obstacles for the ending of the robe season:

180. 180

     आवासपलिबोधोā·vā·sa·pa·li·bo·dho चca चीवरपलिबोधोcī·va·ra·pa·li·bo·dho च।ca

     āvāsapalibodho ca cīvarapalibodho ca.

     the monastery obstacle, and the robe obstacle. —

181. 181

     द्वेdve कथिनस्सka·thi·nas·sa अपलिबोधा—a·pa·li·bo·dhā

     Dve kathinassa apalibodhā—

     There are two removals of obstacles for the ending of the robe season:

182. 182

     आवासअपलिबोधोā·vā·sa·a·pa·li·bo·dho चca चीवरअपलिबोधोcī·va·ra·a·pa·li·bo·dho च।ca

     āvāsaapalibodho ca cīvaraapalibodho ca.

     the removal of the monastery obstacle, and the removal of the robe obstacle. —

183. 183

     द्वेdve चीवरानि—cī·va·rā·ni

     Dve cīvarāni—

     There are two kinds of robes:

184. 184

     गहपतिकञ्चga·ha·pa·ti·kañ·ca पंसुकूलञ्च।paṃ·su·kū·lañ·ca

     gahapatikañca paṁsukūlañca.

     from householders, and from rags. —

185. 185

     द्वेdve पत्ता—pat·tā

     Dve pattā—

     There are two kinds of almsbowls:

186. 186

     अयोपत्तोa·yo·pat·to मत्तिकापत्तो।mat·ti·kā·pat·to

     ayopatto mattikāpatto.

     iron bowls, and ceramic bowls. —

187. 187

     द्वेdve मण्डलानि—maṇ·ḍa·lā·ni

     Dve maṇḍalāni—

     There are two kinds of bowl rests:

188. 188

     तिपुमयं,ti·pu·ma·yaṃ सीसमयं।sī·sa·ma·yaṃ

     tipumayaṁ, sīsamayaṁ.

     bowl-rests made of tin, and bowl-rests made of lead. —

189. 189

     द्वेdve पत्तस्सpat·tas·sa अधिट्ठाना—a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nā

     Dve pattassa adhiṭṭhānā—

     There are two ways of determining an almsbowl:

190. 190

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā अधिट्ठेतिa·dhiṭ·ṭhe·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā अधिट्ठेति।a·dhiṭ·ṭhe·ti

     kāyena vā adhiṭṭheti vācāya vā adhiṭṭheti.

     one determines it by body, or one determines it by speech. —

191. 191

     द्वेdve चीवरस्सcī·va·ras·sa अधिट्ठाना—a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nā

     Dve cīvarassa adhiṭṭhānā—

     There are two ways of determining a robe:

192. 192

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā अधिट्ठेतिa·dhiṭ·ṭhe·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā अधिट्ठेति।a·dhiṭ·ṭhe·ti

     kāyena vā adhiṭṭheti vācāya vā adhiṭṭheti.

     one determines it by body, or one determines it by speech. —

193. 193

     द्वेdve विकप्पना—vi·kap·pa·nā

     Dve vikappanā—

     There are two kinds of assignment:

194. 194

     सम्मुखाविकप्पनाsam·mu·khā·vi·kap·pa·nā चca परम्मुखाविकप्पनाpa·ram·mu·khā·vi·kap·pa·nā च।ca

     sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca.

     assignment in the presence of, and assignment in the absence of.

195. 195

     द्वेdve विनया—vi·na·yā

     Dve vinayā—

     There are two Monastic Laws:

196. 196

     भिक्खूनञ्चbhik·khū·nañ·ca भिक्खुनीनञ्च।bhik·khu·nī·nañ·ca

     bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca.

     for the monks, and for the nuns. —

197. 197

     द्वेdve वेनयिका—ve·na·yi·kā

     Dve venayikā—

     There are two things that belong to the Monastic Law:

198. 198

     पञ्ञत्तञ्चpañ·ñat·tañ·ca पञ्ञत्तानुलोमञ्च।pañ·ñat·tā·nu·lo·mañ·ca

     paññattañca paññattānulomañca.

     the rules, and what accords with the rules. —

199. 199

     द्वेdve विनयस्सvi·na·yas·sa सल्लेखा—sal·le·khā

     Dve vinayassa sallekhā—

     There are two kinds of self-effacement through the Monastic Law:

200. 200

     अकप्पियेa·kap·pi·ye सेतुघातो,se·tu·ghā·to कप्पियेkap·pi·ye मत्तकारिता।mat·ta·kā·ri·tā

     akappiye setughāto, kappiye mattakāritā.

     ending access to what is unallowable, and moderation in what is allowable. —

201. 201

     द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति—ā·paj·ja·ti

     Dvīhākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati—

     One commits an offense in two ways:

202. 202

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     kāyena vā āpajjati vācāya vā āpajjati.

     one commits it by body, or one commits it by speech. —

203. 203

     द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā वुट्ठाति—vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Dvīhākārehi āpattiyā vuṭṭhāti—

     One is cleared of an offense in two ways:

204. 204

     कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā वुट्ठातिvuṭ·ṭhā·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वाvā वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     kāyena vā vuṭṭhāti vācāya vā vuṭṭhāti.

     one is cleared by body, or one is cleared by speech. —

205. 205

     द्वेdve परिवासा—pa·ri·vā·sā

     Dve parivāsā—

     There are two kinds of probation:

206. 206

     पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो,pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so अप्पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो।ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so

     paṭicchannaparivāso, appaṭicchannaparivāso.

     probation for concealed offenses, and probation for unconcealed offenses. —

207. 207

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve परिवासा—pa·ri·vā·sā

     Aparepi dve parivāsā—

     There are two other kinds of probation:

208. 208

     सुद्धन्तपरिवासोsud·dhan·ta·pa·ri·vā·so समोधानपरिवासो।sa·mo·dhā·na·pa·ri·vā·so

     suddhantaparivāso samodhānaparivāso.

     purifying probation, and simultaneous probation. —

209. 209

     द्वेdve मानत्ता—mā·nat·tā

     Dve mānattā—

     There are two kinds of trial periods:

210. 210

     पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं,pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ अप्पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं।ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ

     paṭicchannamānattaṁ, appaṭicchannamānattaṁ.

     trial periods for concealed offenses, and trial periods for unconcealed offenses. —

211. 211

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve मानत्ता—mā·nat·tā

     Aparepi dve mānattā—

     There are two other kinds of trial periods:

212. 212

     पक्खमानत्तं,pak·kha·mā·nat·taṃ समोधानमानत्तं।sa·mo·dhā·na·mā·nat·taṃ

     pakkhamānattaṁ, samodhānamānattaṁ.

     trial periods for a half-month, and simultaneous trial periods. —

213. 213

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ रत्तिच्छेदो—rat·tic·che·do

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ ratticchedo—

     Not counting a day is for two kinds of people:

214. 214

     पारिवासिकस्सpā·ri·vā·si·kas·sa चca मानत्तचारिकस्सmā·nat·ta·cā·ri·kas·sa च।ca

     pārivāsikassa ca mānattacārikassa ca.

     for one on probation, and for one undertaking the trial period. —

215. 215

     द्वेdve अनादरियानि—a·nā·da·ri·yā·ni

     Dve anādariyāni—

     There are two kinds of disrespect:

216. 216

     पुग्गलानादरियञ्चpug·ga·lā·nā·da·ri·yañ·ca धम्मानादरियञ्च।dham·mā·nā·da·ri·yañ·ca

     puggalānādariyañca dhammānādariyañca.

     disrespect for the person, and disrespect for the rule.

217. 217

     द्वेdve लोणानि—lo·ṇā·ni

     Dve loṇāni—

     There are two kinds of salt:

218. 218

     जातिमञ्चjā·ti·mañ·ca कारिमञ्च।kā·ri·mañ·ca

     jātimañca kārimañca.

     natural, and artificial. —

219. 219

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi द्वेdve लोणानि—lo·ṇā·ni

     Aparānipi dve loṇāni—

     There are two other kinds of salt:

220. 220

     सामुद्दंsā·mud·daṃ काळलोणं।kā·ḷa·lo·ṇaṃ

     sāmuddaṁ kāḷaloṇaṁ.

     sea salt, and black salt. —

221. 221

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi द्वेdve लोणानि—lo·ṇā·ni

     Aparānipi dve loṇāni—

     There are two other kinds of salt:

222. 222

     सिन्धवं,sin·dha·vaṃ उब्भिदं।ub·bhi·daṃ

     sindhavaṁ, ubbhidaṁ.

     hill salt, and soil salt. —

223. 223

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi द्वेdve लोणानि—lo·ṇā·ni

     Aparānipi dve loṇāni—

     There are two other kinds of salt:

224. 224

     रोमकं,ro·ma·kaṃ पक्कालकं।pak·kā·la·kaṃ

     romakaṁ, pakkālakaṁ.

     salt from the Roma country, and grain salt. —

225. 225

     द्वेdve परिभोगा—pa·ri·bho·gā

     Dve paribhogā—

     There are two kinds of using:

226. 226

     अब्भन्तरपरिभोगोab·bhan·ta·ra·pa·ri·bho·go चca बाहिरपरिभोगोbā·hi·ra·pa·ri·bho·go च।ca

     abbhantaraparibhogo ca bāhiraparibhogo ca.

     using internally, and using externally. —

227. 227

     द्वेdve अक्कोसा—ak·ko·sā

     Dve akkosā—

     There are two kinds of name-calling:

228. 228

     हीनोhī·no चca अक्कोसोak·ko·so उक्कट्ठोuk·kaṭ·ṭho चca अक्कोसो।ak·ko·so

     hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso.

     low name-calling, and high name-calling. —

229. 229

     द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi पेसुञ्ञंpe·suñ·ñaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Dvīhākārehi pesuññaṁ hoti—

     There is malicious talebearing in two ways:

230. 230

     पियकम्यस्सpi·ya·kam·yas·sa वाvā भेदाधिप्पायस्सbhe·dā·dhip·pā·yas·sa वा।vā

     piyakamyassa vā bhedādhippāyassa vā.

     for one wanting to endear himself, or for one aiming at division. —

231. 231

     द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi गणभोजनंga·ṇa·bho·ja·naṃ पसवति—pa·sa·va·ti

     Dvīhākārehi gaṇabhojanaṁ pasavati—

     Eating in a group comes about in two ways:

232. 232

     निमन्तनतोni·man·ta·na·to वाvā विञ्ञत्तितोviñ·ñat·ti·to वा।vā

     nimantanato vā viññattito vā.

     through an invitation, or through asking. —

233. 233

     द्वेdve वस्सूपनायिका—vas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā

     Dve vassūpanāyikā—

     There are two entries to the rainy-season residence:

234. 234

     पुरिमिका,pu·ri·mi·kā पच्छिमिका।pac·chi·mi·kā

     purimikā, pacchimikā.

     the first and the second. —

235. 235

     द्वेdve अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Dve adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are two kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

236. 236

     द्वेdve धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Dve dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are two kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.

237. 237

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā बाला—bā·lā

     Dve puggalā bālā—

     There are two kinds of fools:

238. 238

     योyo चca अनागतंa·nā·ga·taṃ भारंbhā·raṃ वहति,va·ha·ti योyo चca आगतंā·ga·taṃ भारंbhā·raṃ नna वहति।va·ha·ti

     yo ca anāgataṁ bhāraṁ vahati, yo ca āgataṁ bhāraṁ na vahati.

     one who takes on future responsibilities, and one who does not take on current responsibilities. —

239. 239

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā पण्डिता—paṇ·ḍi·tā

     Dve puggalā paṇḍitā—

     There are two kinds of wise persons:

240. 240

     योyo चca अनागतंa·nā·ga·taṃ भारंbhā·raṃ नna वहति,va·ha·ti योyo चca आगतंā·ga·taṃ भारंbhā·raṃ वहति।va·ha·ti

     yo ca anāgataṁ bhāraṁ na vahati, yo ca āgataṁ bhāraṁ vahati.

     one who does not take on future responsibilities, and one who takes on current responsibilities. —

241. 241

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā बाला—bā·lā

     Aparepi dve puggalā bālā—

     There are two other kinds of fools:

242. 242

     योyo चca अकप्पियेa·kap·pi·ye कप्पियसञ्ञी,kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca कप्पियेkap·pi·ye अकप्पियसञ्ञी।a·kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca akappiye kappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye akappiyasaññī.

     one who perceives what is unallowable as allowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as unallowable. —

243. 243

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā पण्डिता—paṇ·ḍi·tā

     Dve puggalā paṇḍitā—

     And there are two kinds of wise persons:

244. 244

     योyo चca अकप्पियेa·kap·pi·ye अकप्पियसञ्ञी,a·kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca कप्पियेkap·pi·ye कप्पियसञ्ञी।kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca akappiye akappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye kappiyasaññī.

     one who perceives what is unallowable as unallowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as allowable. —

245. 245

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā बाला—bā·lā

     Aparepi dve puggalā bālā—

     There are two other kinds of fools:

246. 246

     योyo चca अनापत्तियाa·nā·pat·ti·yā आपत्तिसञ्ञी,ā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī योyo चca आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā अनापत्तिसञ्ञी।a·nā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī

     yo ca anāpattiyā āpattisaññī, yo ca āpattiyā anāpattisaññī.

     one who perceives a non-offense as an offense, and one who perceives an offense as a non-offense. —

247. 247

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā पण्डिता—paṇ·ḍi·tā

     Dve puggalā paṇḍitā—

     And there are two kinds of wise persons:

248. 248

     योyo चca आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā आपत्तिसञ्ञी,ā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī योyo चca अनापत्तियाa·nā·pat·ti·yā अनापत्तिसञ्ञी।a·nā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī

     yo ca āpattiyā āpattisaññī, yo ca anāpattiyā anāpattisaññī.

     one who perceives an offense as an offense, and one who perceives a non-offense as a non-offense. —

249. 249

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā बाला—bā·lā

     Aparepi dve puggalā bālā—

     There are two other kinds of fools:

250. 250

     योyo चca अधम्मेa·dham·me धम्मसञ्ञी,dham·ma·sañ·ñī योyo चca धम्मेdham·me अधम्मसञ्ञी।a·dham·ma·sañ·ñī

     yo ca adhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme adhammasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Teaching as the Teaching, and one who perceives what is the Teaching as contrary to the Teaching. —

251. 251

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā पण्डिता—paṇ·ḍi·tā

     Dve puggalā paṇḍitā—

     And there are two kinds of wise persons:

252. 252

     योyo चca अधम्मेa·dham·me अधम्मसञ्ञी,a·dham·ma·sañ·ñī योyo चca धम्मेdham·me धम्मसञ्ञी।dham·ma·sañ·ñī

     yo ca adhamme adhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme dhammasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Teaching as contrary to the Teaching, and one who perceives what is the Teaching as the Teaching. —

253. 253

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā बाला—bā·lā

     Aparepi dve puggalā bālā—

     There are two other kinds of fools:

254. 254

     योyo चca अविनयेa·vi·na·ye विनयसञ्ञी,vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca विनयेvi·na·ye अविनयसञ्ञी।a·vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca avinaye vinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye avinayasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Monastic Law as the Monastic Law, and one who perceives what is the Monastic Law as contrary to the Monastic Law. —

255. 255

     द्वेdve पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā पण्डिता—paṇ·ḍi·tā

     Dve puggalā paṇḍitā—

     And there are two kinds of wise persons:

256. 256

     योyo चca अविनयेa·vi·na·ye अविनयसञ्ञी,a·vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca विनयेvi·na·ye विनयसञ्ञी।vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca avinaye avinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye vinayasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Monastic Law as contrary to the Monastic Law, and one who perceives what is the Monastic Law as the Monastic Law.

257. 257

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions increase for two kinds of persons:

258. 258

     योyo चca नna कुक्कुच्चायितब्बंkuk·kuc·cā·yi·tab·baṃ कुक्कुच्चायति,kuk·kuc·cā·ya·ti योyo चca कुक्कुच्चायितब्बंkuk·kuc·cā·yi·tab·baṃ नna कुक्कुच्चायति।kuk·kuc·cā·ya·ti

     yo ca na kukkuccāyitabbaṁ kukkuccāyati, yo ca kukkuccāyitabbaṁ na kukkuccāyati.

     one who is afraid of wrongdoing when one should not be, and one who is not afraid of wrongdoing when one should be. —

259. 259

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā नna वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā na vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions do not increase for two kinds of persons:

260. 260

     योyo चca नna कुक्कुच्चायितब्बंkuk·kuc·cā·yi·tab·baṃ नna कुक्कुच्चायति,kuk·kuc·cā·ya·ti योyo चca कुक्कुच्चायितब्बंkuk·kuc·cā·yi·tab·baṃ कुक्कुच्चायति।kuk·kuc·cā·ya·ti

     yo ca na kukkuccāyitabbaṁ na kukkuccāyati, yo ca kukkuccāyitabbaṁ kukkuccāyati.

     one who is not afraid of wrongdoing when one should not be, and one who is afraid of wrongdoing when one should be. —

261. 261

     अपरेसम्पिa·pa·re·sam·pi द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Aparesampi dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions increase for two other kinds of persons:

262. 262

     योyo चca अकप्पियेa·kap·pi·ye कप्पियसञ्ञी,kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca कप्पियेkap·pi·ye अकप्पियसञ्ञी।a·kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca akappiye kappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye akappiyasaññī.

     one who perceives what is unallowable as allowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as unallowable. —

263. 263

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā नna वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā na vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions do not increase for two other kinds of persons:

264. 264

     योyo चca अकप्पियेa·kap·pi·ye अकप्पियसञ्ञी,a·kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca कप्पियेkap·pi·ye कप्पियसञ्ञी।kap·pi·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca akappiye akappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye kappiyasaññī.

     one who perceives what is unallowable as unallowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as allowable. —

265. 265

     अपरेसम्पिa·pa·re·sam·pi द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Aparesampi dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions increase for two other kinds of persons:

266. 266

     योyo चca अनापत्तियाa·nā·pat·ti·yā आपत्तिसञ्ञी,ā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī योyo चca आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā अनापत्तिसञ्ञी।a·nā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī

     yo ca anāpattiyā āpattisaññī, yo ca āpattiyā anāpattisaññī.

     one who perceives a non-offense as an offense, and one who perceives an offense as a non-offense. —

267. 267

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā नna वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā na vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions do not increase for two other kinds of persons:

268. 268

     योyo चca अनापत्तियाa·nā·pat·ti·yā अनापत्तिसञ्ञी,a·nā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī योyo चca आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā आपत्तिसञ्ञी।ā·pat·ti·sañ·ñī

     yo ca anāpattiyā anāpattisaññī, yo ca āpattiyā āpattisaññī.

     one who perceives a non-offense as a non-offense, and one who perceives an offense as an offense. —

269. 269

     अपरेसम्पिa·pa·re·sam·pi द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Aparesampi dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions increase for two other kinds of persons:

270. 270

     योyo चca अधम्मेa·dham·me धम्मसञ्ञी,dham·ma·sañ·ñī योyo चca धम्मेdham·me अधम्मसञ्ञी।a·dham·ma·sañ·ñī

     yo ca adhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme adhammasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Teaching as the Teaching, and one who perceives what is the Teaching as contrary to the Teaching. —

271. 271

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā नna वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā na vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions do not increase for two other kinds of persons:

272. 272

     योyo चca अधम्मेa·dham·me अधम्मसञ्ञी,a·dham·ma·sañ·ñī योyo चca धम्मेdham·me धम्मसञ्ञी।dham·ma·sañ·ñī

     yo ca adhamme adhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme dhammasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Teaching as contrary to the Teaching, and one who perceives what is the Teaching as the Teaching. —

273. 273

     अपरेसम्पिa·pa·re·sam·pi द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Aparesampi dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions increase for two other kinds of persons:

274. 274

     योyo चca अविनयेa·vi·na·ye विनयसञ्ञी,vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca विनयेvi·na·ye अविनयसञ्ञी।a·vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca avinaye vinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye avinayasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Monastic Law as the Monastic Law, and one who perceives what is the Monastic Law as contrary to the Monastic Law. —

275. 275

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ आसवाā·sa·vā नna वड्ढन्ति—vaḍ·ḍhan·ti

     Dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ āsavā na vaḍḍhanti—

     The corruptions do not increase for two other kinds of persons:

276. 276

     योyo चca अविनयेa·vi·na·ye अविनयसञ्ञी,a·vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī योyo चca विनयेvi·na·ye विनयसञ्ञी।vi·na·ya·sañ·ñī

     yo ca avinaye avinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye vinayasaññī.

     one who perceives what is contrary to the Monastic Law as contrary to the Monastic Law, and one who perceives what is the Monastic Law as the Monastic Law.

277. 277

     दुकाdu·kā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Dukā niṭṭhitā.

     The section on twos is finished.

278. 278

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

279. 279

     सञ्ञाsañ·ñā लद्धाlad·dhā चca सद्धम्मा,sad·dham·mā

     Saññā laddhā ca saddhammā,

     “Perception, and achieved, the true Teaching,

280. 280

     परिक्खाराpa·rik·khā·rā चca पुग्गला;pug·ga·lā

     parikkhārā ca puggalā;

     And requisites, others;

281. 281

     सच्चंsac·caṃ भूमिbhū·mi निक्खमन्तो,nik·kha·man·to

     Saccaṁ bhūmi nikkhamanto,

     Truth, ground, leaving,

282. 282

     आदियन्तोā·di·yan·to समादियं।sa·mā·di·yaṃ

     ādiyanto samādiyaṁ.

     Applying, undertaking.

283. 283

     करोन्तोka·ron·to देन्तोden·to गण्हन्तो,gaṇ·han·to

     Karonto dento gaṇhanto,

     Doing, giving, receiving,

284. 284

     परिभोगेनpa·ri·bho·ge·na रत्तिrat·ti च;ca

     paribhogena ratti ca;

     By using, and night;

285. 285

     अरुणाछिन्दंa·ru·ṇā·chin·daṃ छादेन्तो,chā·den·to

     Aruṇāchindaṁ chādento,

     Dawn, cutting, covering,

286. 286

     धारेन्तोdhā·ren·to चca उपोसथा।u·po·sa·thā

     dhārento ca uposathā.

     And wearing, observance days.

287. 287

     पवारणाpa·vā·ra·ṇā कम्मापरा,kam·mā·pa·rā

     Pavāraṇā kammāparā,

     Invitation days, legal procedures, other,

288. 288

     वत्थुvat·thu अपराa·pa·rā दोसाdo·sā च;ca

     vatthu aparā dosā ca;

     Object, other, and flaws;

289. 289

     अपराa·pa·rā द्वेdve चca सम्पत्ति,sam·pat·ti

     Aparā dve ca sampatti,

     Other, and two successes,

290. 290

     नानाnā·nā समानमेवsa·mā·na·me·va च।ca

     nānā samānameva ca.

     Different, and the same.

291. 291

     पाराजिसङ्घथुल्लच्चय,pā·rā·ji·saṅ·gha·thul·lac·ca·ya

     Pārājisaṅghathullaccaya,

     Expulsion, suspension, serious offense,

292. 292

     पाचित्तिpā·cit·ti पाटिदेसना;pā·ṭi·de·sa·nā

     pācitti pāṭidesanā;

     Confession, acknowledgment;

293. 293

     दुक्कटाduk·ka·ṭā दुब्भासिताdub·bhā·si·tā चेव,ce·va

     Dukkaṭā dubbhāsitā ceva,

     Wrong conduct, and wrong speech,

294. 294

     सत्तsat·ta आपत्तिक्खन्धाā·pat·tik·khan·dhā च।ca

     satta āpattikkhandhā ca.

     Seven, and classes of offenses.

295. 295

     भिज्जतिbhij·ja·ti उपसम्पदा,u·pa·sam·pa·dā

     Bhijjati upasampadā,

     Schism, full ordination,

296. 296

     तथेवta·the·va अपरेa·pa·re दुवे;du·ve

     tatheva apare duve;

     And two other;

297. 297

     नna वत्थब्बंvat·thab·baṃ नna दातब्बं,dā·tab·baṃ

     Na vatthabbaṁ na dātabbaṁ,

     Should not live, should not give,

298. 298

     अभब्बाभब्बमेवa·bhab·bā·bhab·ba·me·va च।ca

     abhabbābhabbameva ca.

     Incapable, and capable.

299. 299

     सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca सातिसाराsā·ti·sā·rā च,ca

     Sañcicca sātisārā ca,

     Intentionally, and goes too far,

300. 300

     पटिक्कोसाpa·ṭik·ko·sā निस्सारणा;nis·sā·ra·ṇā

     paṭikkosā nissāraṇā;

     Objections, sending away;

301. 301

     ओसारणाo·sā·ra·ṇā पटिञ्ञाpa·ṭiñ·ñā च,ca

     Osāraṇā paṭiññā ca,

     Admittance, and admitting,

302. 302

     पटिग्गहाpa·ṭig·ga·hā पटिक्खिपा।pa·ṭik·khi·pā

     paṭiggahā paṭikkhipā.

     Receiving, prohibitions.

303. 303

     उपघातिu·pa·ghā·ti चोदनाco·da·nā च,ca

     Upaghāti codanā ca,

     Harming, and accusing,

304. 304

     कथिनाka·thi·nā चca दुवेdu·ve तथा;ta·thā

     kathinā ca duve tathā;

     And so two on the robe season;

305. 305

     चीवराcī·va·rā पत्तमण्डला,pat·ta·maṇ·ḍa·lā

     Cīvarā pattamaṇḍalā,

     Robes, bowls, bowl rests,

306. 306

     अधिट्ठानाa·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nā तथेवta·the·va द्वे।dve

     adhiṭṭhānā tatheva dve.

     And so two on determining.

307. 307

     विकप्पनाvi·kap·pa·nā चca विनया,vi·na·yā

     Vikappanā ca vinayā,

     And assignment, Monastic Laws,

308. 308

     वेनयिकाve·na·yi·kā चca सल्लेखा;sal·le·khā

     venayikā ca sallekhā;

     And belong to the Monastic Law, self-effacement;

309. 309

     आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti चca वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Āpajjati ca vuṭṭhāti,

     And one commits, one is cleared,

310. 310

     परिवासापरेpa·ri·vā·sā·pa·re दुवे।du·ve

     parivāsāpare duve.

     Probation, two others.

311. 311

     द्वेdve मानत्ताmā·nat·tā अपरेa·pa·re च,ca

     Dve mānattā apare ca,

     Two trial periods, others,

312. 312

     रत्तिच्छेदोrat·tic·che·do अनादरि;a·nā·da·ri

     ratticchedo anādari;

     Not counting a day, disrespect;

313. 313

     द्वेdve लोणाlo·ṇā तयोta·yo अपरे,a·pa·re

     Dve loṇā tayo apare,

     Two salts, three others,

314. 314

     परिभोगक्कोसेनpa·ri·bho·gak·ko·se·na च।ca

     paribhogakkosena ca.

     Using, and with name-calling.

315. 315

     पेसुञ्ञोpe·suñ·ño चca गणावस्स,ga·ṇā·vas·sa

     Pesuñño ca gaṇāvassa,

     And malicious talebearing, group, rainy-season residence,

316. 316

     ठपनाṭha·pa·nā भारकप्पियं;bhā·ra·kap·pi·yaṃ

     ṭhapanā bhārakappiyaṁ;

     Cancellations, responsibilities, allowable;

317. 317

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti अधम्मधम्मा,a·dham·ma·dham·mā

     Anāpatti adhammadhammā,

     Non-offense, contrary to the Teaching, the Teaching,

318. 318

     विनयेvi·na·ye आसवेā·sa·ve तथाति।ta·thā·ti

     vinaye āsave tathāti.

     The Monastic Law, and so corruptions.”

319. 319

     3। तिकवारti·ka·vā·ra

     3. Tikavāra

     3. The section on threes

320. 320

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti तिट्ठन्तेtiṭ·ṭhan·te भगवतिbha·ga·va·ti आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno परिनिब्बुते;pa·ri·nib·bu·te

     Atthāpatti tiṭṭhante bhagavati āpajjati, no parinibbute;

     “(1) There are offenses one commits while the Buddha is alive, not after his extinguishment.

321. 321

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परिनिब्बुतेpa·ri·nib·bu·te भगवतिbha·ga·va·ti आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno तिट्ठन्ते;tiṭ·ṭhan·te

     atthāpatti parinibbute bhagavati āpajjati, no tiṭṭhante;

     (2) There are offenses one commits after the Buddha’s extinguishment, not while he is alive.

322. 322

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti तिट्ठन्तेपिtiṭ·ṭhan·te·pi भगवतिbha·ga·va·ti आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti परिनिब्बुतेपि।pa·ri·nib·bu·te·pi

     atthāpatti tiṭṭhantepi bhagavati āpajjati parinibbutepi.

     (3) There are offenses one commits both while the Buddha is alive and also after his extinguishment.

323. 323

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कालेkā·le आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno विकाले;vi·kā·le

     Atthāpatti kāle āpajjati, no vikāle;

     (1) There are offenses one commits at the right time, not at the wrong time.

324. 324

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti विकालेvi·kā·le आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno काले;kā·le

     atthāpatti vikāle āpajjati, no kāle;

     (2) There are offenses one commits at the wrong time, not at the right time.

325. 325

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कालेkā·le चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti विकालेvi·kā·le च।ca

     atthāpatti kāle ceva āpajjati vikāle ca.

     (3) There are offenses one commits both at the right time and also at the wrong time.

326. 326

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti रत्तिंrat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno दिवा;di·vā

     Atthāpatti rattiṁ āpajjati, no divā;

     (1) There are offenses one commits at night, not by day.

327. 327

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti दिवाdi·vā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno रत्तिं;rat·tiṃ

     atthāpatti divā āpajjati, no rattiṁ;

     (2) There are offenses one commits by day, not at night.

328. 328

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti रत्तिञ्चेवrat·tiñ·ce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti दिवाdi·vā च।ca

     atthāpatti rattiñceva āpajjati divā ca.

     (3) There are offenses one commits both at night and also by day.

329. 329

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno ऊनदसवस्सो;ū·na·da·sa·vas·so

     Atthāpatti dasavasso āpajjati, no ūnadasavasso;

     (1) There are offenses one commits when one has ten years of seniority, not less.

330. 330

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti ऊनदसवस्सोū·na·da·sa·vas·so आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno दसवस्सो;da·sa·vas·so

     atthāpatti ūnadasavasso āpajjati, no dasavasso;

     (2) There are offenses one commits when one has less than ten years of seniority, not ten.

331. 331

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti ऊनदसवस्सोū·na·da·sa·vas·so च।ca

     atthāpatti dasavasso ceva āpajjati ūnadasavasso ca.

     (3) There are offenses one commits both when one has ten years of seniority and also when one has less.

332. 332

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पञ्चवस्सोpañ·ca·vas·so आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno ऊनपञ्चवस्सो;ū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so

     Atthāpatti pañcavasso āpajjati, no ūnapañcavasso;

     (1) There are offenses one commits when one has five years of seniority, not less.

333. 333

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्सोū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno पञ्चवस्सो;pañ·ca·vas·so

     atthāpatti ūnapañcavasso āpajjati, no pañcavasso;

     (2) There are offenses one commits when one has less than five years of seniority, not five.

334. 334

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पञ्चवस्सोpañ·ca·vas·so चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्सोū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so च।ca

     atthāpatti pañcavasso ceva āpajjati ūnapañcavasso ca.

     (3) There are offenses one commits both when one has five years of seniority and also when one has less.

335. 335

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कुसलचित्तोku·sa·la·cit·to आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti kusalacitto āpajjati;

     (1) There are offenses one commits with a wholesome mind.

336. 336

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अकुसलचित्तोa·ku·sa·la·cit·to आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthāpatti akusalacitto āpajjati;

     (2) There are offenses one commits with an unwholesome mind.

337. 337

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अब्याकतचित्तोab·yā·ka·ta·cit·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthāpatti abyākatacitto āpajjati.

     (3) There are offenses one commits with an indeterminate mind.

338. 338

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सुखवेदनासमङ्गीsu·kha·ve·da·nā·sa·maṅ·gī आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     Atthāpatti sukhavedanāsamaṅgī āpajjati;

     (1) There are offenses one commits while experiencing pleasant feelings.

339. 339

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti दुक्खवेदनासमङ्गीduk·kha·ve·da·nā·sa·maṅ·gī आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthāpatti dukkhavedanāsamaṅgī āpajjati;

     (2) There are offenses one commits while experiencing unpleasant feelings.

340. 340

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अदुक्खमसुखवेदनासमङ्गीa·duk·kha·ma·su·kha·ve·da·nā·sa·maṅ·gī आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthāpatti adukkhamasukhavedanāsamaṅgī āpajjati.

     (3) There are offenses one commits while experiencing neither pleasant nor unpleasant feelings.

341. 341

     तीणिtī·ṇi चोदनावत्थूनि—co·da·nā·vat·thū·ni

     Tīṇi codanāvatthūni—

     There are three grounds for an accusation:

342. 342

     दिट्ठेन,diṭ·ṭhe·na सुतेन,su·te·na परिसङ्काय।pa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya

     diṭṭhena, sutena, parisaṅkāya.

     what is seen, what is heard, and what is suspected. —

343. 343

     तयोta·yo सलाकग्गाहा—sa·lā·kag·gā·hā

     Tayo salākaggāhā—

     There are three ways of voting:

344. 344

     गुळ्हको,gu·ḷha·ko विवटको,vi·va·ṭa·ko सकण्णजप्पको।sa·kaṇ·ṇa·jap·pa·ko

     guḷhako, vivaṭako, sakaṇṇajappako.

     a secret ballot, an open vote, and whispering in the ear. —

345. 345

     तयोta·yo पटिक्खेपा—pa·ṭik·khe·pā

     Tayo paṭikkhepā—

     Three things are opposed:

346. 346

     महिच्छता,ma·hic·cha·tā असन्तुट्ठिता,a·san·tuṭ·ṭhi·tā असल्लेखता।a·sal·le·kha·tā

     mahicchatā, asantuṭṭhitā, asallekhatā.

     great desires, discontent, and self-inflation. —

347. 347

     तयोta·yo अनुञ्ञाता—a·nuñ·ñā·tā

     Tayo anuññātā—

     Three things are allowed:

348. 348

     अप्पिच्छता,ap·pic·cha·tā सन्तुट्ठिता,san·tuṭ·ṭhi·tā सल्लेखता।sal·le·kha·tā

     appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, sallekhatā.

     fewness of wishes, contentment, and self-effacement. —

349. 349

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi तयोta·yo पटिक्खेपा—pa·ṭik·khe·pā

     Aparepi tayo paṭikkhepā—

     Three other things are opposed:

350. 350

     महिच्छता,ma·hic·cha·tā असन्तुट्ठिता,a·san·tuṭ·ṭhi·tā अमत्तञ्ञुता।a·mat·tañ·ñu·tā

     mahicchatā, asantuṭṭhitā, amattaññutā.

     great desires, discontent, and lacking a sense of moderation. —

351. 351

     तयोta·yo अनुञ्ञाता—a·nuñ·ñā·tā

     Tayo anuññātā—

     And three things are allowed:

352. 352

     अप्पिच्छता,ap·pic·cha·tā सन्तुट्ठिता,san·tuṭ·ṭhi·tā मत्तञ्ञुता।mat·tañ·ñu·tā

     appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, mattaññutā.

     fewness of wishes, contentment, and having a sense of moderation. —

353. 353

     तिस्सोtis·so पञ्ञत्तियो—pañ·ñat·ti·yo

     Tisso paññattiyo—

     There are three kinds of rules:

354. 354

     पञ्ञत्ति,pañ·ñat·ti अनुपञ्ञत्ति,a·nu·pañ·ñat·ti अनुप्पन्नपञ्ञत्ति।a·nup·pan·na·pañ·ñat·ti

     paññatti, anupaññatti, anuppannapaññatti.

     a rule, an addition to a rule, and an unprompted rule. —

355. 355

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi तिस्सोtis·so पञ्ञत्तियो—pañ·ñat·ti·yo

     Aparāpi tisso paññattiyo—

     There are three other kinds of rules:

356. 356

     सब्बत्थपञ्ञत्ति,sab·bat·tha·pañ·ñat·ti पदेसपञ्ञत्ति,pa·de·sa·pañ·ñat·ti साधारणपञ्ञत्ति।sā·dhā·ra·ṇa·pañ·ñat·ti

     sabbatthapaññatti, padesapaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti.

     a rule that applies everywhere, a rule that applies in a particular place, and a rule that the monks and nuns have in common. —

357. 357

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi तिस्सोtis·so पञ्ञत्तियो—pañ·ñat·ti·yo

     Aparāpi tisso paññattiyo—

     There are three other kinds of rules:

358. 358

     असाधारणपञ्ञत्ति,a·sā·dhā·ra·ṇa·pañ·ñat·ti एकतोपञ्ञत्ति,e·ka·to·pañ·ñat·ti उभतोपञ्ञत्ति।u·bha·to·pañ·ñat·ti

     asādhāraṇapaññatti, ekatopaññatti, ubhatopaññatti.

     a rule the monks and nuns do not have in common, a rule for one Sangha, and a rule for both Sanghas.

359. 359

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बालोbā·lo आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno पण्डितो;paṇ·ḍi·to

     Atthāpatti bālo āpajjati, no paṇḍito;

     (1) There are offenses committed by fools, not by the wise.

360. 360

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पण्डितोpaṇ·ḍi·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno बालो;bā·lo

     atthāpatti paṇḍito āpajjati, no bālo;

     (2) There are offenses committed by the wise, not by fools.

361. 361

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बालोbā·lo चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti पण्डितोpaṇ·ḍi·to च।ca

     atthāpatti bālo ceva āpajjati paṇḍito ca.

     (3) There are offenses committed by both by fools and the wise.

362. 362

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti काळेkā·ḷe आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno जुण्हे;juṇ·he

     Atthāpatti kāḷe āpajjati, no juṇhe;

     (1) There are offenses committed during the waning phase of the moon, not during the waxing phase.

363. 363

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti जुण्हेjuṇ·he आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno काळे;kā·ḷe

     atthāpatti juṇhe āpajjati, no kāḷe;

     (2) There are offenses committed during the waxing phase of the moon, not during the waning phase.

364. 364

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti काळेkā·ḷe चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti जुण्हेjuṇ·he च।ca

     atthāpatti kāḷe ceva āpajjati juṇhe ca.

     (3) There are offenses committed both during the waning and the waxing phases of the moon.

365. 365

     अत्थिat·thi काळेkā·ḷe कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno जुण्हे;juṇ·he

     Atthi kāḷe kappati, no juṇhe;

     (1) There are things that are allowable during the waning phase of the moon, not during the waxing phase.

366. 366

     अत्थिat·thi जुण्हेjuṇ·he कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno काळे;kā·ḷe

     atthi juṇhe kappati, no kāḷe;

     (2) There are things that are allowable during the waxing phase of the moon, not during the waning phase.

367. 367

     अत्थिat·thi काळेkā·ḷe चेवce·va कप्पतिkap·pa·ti जुण्हेjuṇ·he च।ca

     atthi kāḷe ceva kappati juṇhe ca.

     (3) There are things that are allowable both during the waning and the waxing phases of the moon.

368. 368

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti हेमन्तेhe·man·te आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno गिम्हेgim·he नोno वस्से;vas·se

     Atthāpatti hemante āpajjati, no gimhe no vasse;

     (1) There are offenses committed during winter, not during summer or the rainy season.

369. 369

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गिम्हेgim·he आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno हेमन्तेhe·man·te नोno वस्से;vas·se

     atthāpatti gimhe āpajjati, no hemante no vasse;

     (2) There are offenses committed during summer, not during winter or the rainy season.

370. 370

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti वस्सेvas·se आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno हेमन्तेhe·man·te नोno गिम्हे।gim·he

     atthāpatti vasse āpajjati, no hemante no gimhe.

     (3) There are offenses committed during the rainy season, not during winter or summer.

371. 371

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सङ्घोsaṅ·gho आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नna गणोga·ṇo नna पुग्गलो;pug·ga·lo

     Atthāpatti saṅgho āpajjati, na gaṇo na puggalo;

     (1) There are offenses committed by a sangha, not by several monastics or an individual.

372. 372

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गणोga·ṇo आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नna सङ्घोsaṅ·gho नna पुग्गलो;pug·ga·lo

     atthāpatti gaṇo āpajjati, na saṅgho na puggalo;

     (2) There are offenses committed by several monastics, not by a sangha or an individual.

373. 373

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नna सङ्घोsaṅ·gho नna गणो।ga·ṇo

     atthāpatti puggalo āpajjati, na saṅgho na gaṇo.

     (3) There are offenses committed by an individual, not by a sangha or several monastics.

374. 374

     अत्थिat·thi सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नna गणस्सga·ṇas·sa नna पुग्गलस्स;pug·ga·las·sa

     Atthi saṅghassa kappati, na gaṇassa na puggalassa;

     (1) There are things allowable for a sangha, not for several monastics or an individual.

375. 375

     अत्थिat·thi गणस्सga·ṇas·sa कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नna सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa नna पुग्गलस्स;pug·ga·las·sa

     atthi gaṇassa kappati, na saṅghassa na puggalassa;

     (2) There are things allowable for several monastics, not for a sangha or an individual.

376. 376

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नna सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa नna गणस्स।ga·ṇas·sa

     atthi puggalassa kappati, na saṅghassa na gaṇassa.

     (3) There are things allowable for an individual, not for a sangha or several monastics.

377. 377

     तिस्सोtis·so छादना—chā·da·nā

     Tisso chādanā—

     There are three kinds of concealing:

378. 378

     वत्थुंvat·thuṃ छादेति,chā·de·ti नोno आपत्तिं;ā·pat·tiṃ

     vatthuṁ chādeti, no āpattiṁ;

     (1) one conceals the action that was the basis for the offense, not the offense.

379. 379

     आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ छादेति,chā·de·ti नोno वत्थुं;vat·thuṃ

     āpattiṁ chādeti, no vatthuṁ;

     (2) one conceals the offense, not the action that was the basis for the offense.

380. 380

     वत्थुञ्चेवvat·thuñ·ce·va छादेतिchā·de·ti आपत्तिञ्च।ā·pat·tiñ·ca

     vatthuñceva chādeti āpattiñca.

     (3) one conceals both the action that was the basis for the offense and also the offense.

381. 381

     तिस्सोtis·so पटिच्छादियो—pa·ṭic·chā·di·yo

     Tisso paṭicchādiyo—

     There are three coverings:

382. 382

     जन्ताघरपटिच्छादि,jan·tā·gha·ra·pa·ṭic·chā·di उदकपटिच्छादि,u·da·ka·pa·ṭic·chā·di वत्थपटिच्छादि।vat·tha·pa·ṭic·chā·di

     jantāgharapaṭicchādi, udakapaṭicchādi, vatthapaṭicchādi.

     (1) a sauna, (2) water, and (3) a cloth.

383. 383

     तीणिtī·ṇi पटिच्छन्नानिpa·ṭic·chan·nā·ni वहन्ति,va·han·ti नोno विवटानि—vi·va·ṭā·ni

     Tīṇi paṭicchannāni vahanti, no vivaṭāni—

     Three things happen concealed, not openly:

384. 384

     मातुगामोmā·tu·gā·mo पटिच्छन्नोpa·ṭic·chan·no वहति,va·ha·ti नोno विवटो;vi·va·ṭo

     mātugāmo paṭicchanno vahati, no vivaṭo;

     (1) Women are married with a veil, not unveiled.

385. 385

     ब्राह्मणानंbrāh·ma·ṇā·naṃ मन्ताman·tā पटिच्छन्नाpa·ṭic·chan·nā वहन्ति,va·han·ti नोno विवटा;vi·va·ṭā

     brāhmaṇānaṁ mantā paṭicchannā vahanti, no vivaṭā;

     (2) The mantras of the brahmins are transmitted in secret, not openly.

386. 386

     मिच्छादिट्ठिmic·chā·diṭ·ṭhi पटिच्छन्नाpa·ṭic·chan·nā वहति,va·ha·ti नोno विवटा।vi·va·ṭā

     micchādiṭṭhi paṭicchannā vahati, no vivaṭā.

     (3) Wrong view is transmitted in secret, not openly.

387. 387

     तीणिtī·ṇi विवटानिvi·va·ṭā·ni विरोचन्ति,vi·ro·can·ti नोno पटिच्छन्नानि—pa·ṭic·chan·nā·ni

     Tīṇi vivaṭāni virocanti, no paṭicchannāni—

     Three things shine in the open, not when concealed:

388. 388

     चन्दमण्डलंcan·da·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ विवटंvi·va·ṭaṃ विरोचति,vi·ro·ca·ti नोno पटिच्छन्नं;pa·ṭic·chan·naṃ

     candamaṇḍalaṁ vivaṭaṁ virocati, no paṭicchannaṁ;

     (1) The disc of the moon shines in the open, not when concealed.

389. 389

     सूरियमण्डलंsū·ri·ya·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ विवटंvi·va·ṭaṃ विरोचति,vi·ro·ca·ti नोno पटिच्छन्नं;pa·ṭic·chan·naṃ

     sūriyamaṇḍalaṁ vivaṭaṁ virocati, no paṭicchannaṁ;

     (2) The disc of the sun shines in the open, not when concealed.

390. 390

     तथागतप्पवेदितोta·thā·ga·tap·pa·ve·di·to धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo विवटोvi·va·ṭo विरोचति,vi·ro·ca·ti नोno पटिच्छन्नो।pa·ṭic·chan·no

     tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo vivaṭo virocati, no paṭicchanno.

     (3) The spiritual path proclaimed by the Buddha shines in the open, not when concealed.

391. 391

     तयोta·yo सेनासनग्गाहा—se·nā·sa·nag·gā·hā

     Tayo senāsanaggāhā—

     There are three times for the allocation of dwellings:

392. 392

     पुरिमको,pu·ri·ma·ko पच्छिमको,pac·chi·ma·ko अन्तरामुत्तको।an·ta·rā·mut·ta·ko

     purimako, pacchimako, antarāmuttako.

     (1) the first, (2) the second, and (3) when given up in between.

393. 393

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गिलानोgi·lā·no आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अगिलानो;a·gi·lā·no

     Atthāpatti gilāno āpajjati, no agilāno;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits when sick, not when not sick.

394. 394

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno गिलानो;gi·lā·no

     atthāpatti agilāno āpajjati, no gilāno;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits when not sick, not when sick.

395. 395

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गिलानोgi·lā·no चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no च।ca

     atthāpatti gilāno ceva āpajjati agilāno ca.

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both when sick and when not sick.

396. 396

     तीणिtī·ṇi अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Tīṇi adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are three kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

397. 397

     तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Tīṇi dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are three kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

398. 398

     तयोta·yo परिवासा—pa·ri·vā·sā

     Tayo parivāsā—

     There are three kinds of probation:

399. 399

     पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो,pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so अप्पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो,ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so सुद्धन्तपरिवासो।sud·dhan·ta·pa·ri·vā·so

     paṭicchannaparivāso, appaṭicchannaparivāso, suddhantaparivāso.

     probation for concealed offenses, probation for unconcealed offenses, and purifying probation. —

400. 400

     तयोta·yo मानत्ता—mā·nat·tā

     Tayo mānattā—

     There are three kinds of trial period:

401. 401

     पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं,pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ अप्पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं,ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ पक्खमानत्तं।pak·kha·mā·nat·taṃ

     paṭicchannamānattaṁ, appaṭicchannamānattaṁ, pakkhamānattaṁ.

     trial period for concealed offenses, trial period for unconcealed offenses, and trial period for a half-month. —

402. 402

     तयोta·yo पारिवासिकस्सpā·ri·vā·si·kas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no रत्तिच्छेदा—rat·tic·che·dā

     Tayo pārivāsikassa bhikkhuno ratticchedā—

     There are three things that stop a monk on probation from counting a particular day toward his probationary period:

403. 403

     सहवासो,sa·ha·vā·so विप्पवासो,vip·pa·vā·so अनारोचना।a·nā·ro·ca·nā

     sahavāso, vippavāso, anārocanā.

     he stays in the same room as a regular monk; he stays apart from other monks; he doesn’t inform other monks of his status.

404. 404

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहि;ba·hi

     Atthāpatti anto āpajjati, no bahi;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits inside, not outside.

405. 405

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बहिba·hi आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तो;an·to

     atthāpatti bahi āpajjati, no anto;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits outside, not inside.

406. 406

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोan·to चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti बहिba·hi च।ca

     atthāpatti anto ceva āpajjati bahi ca.

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both inside and outside.

407. 407

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोसीमायan·to·sī·mā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहिसीमाय;ba·hi·sī·mā·ya

     Atthāpatti antosīmāya āpajjati, no bahisīmāya;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits inside the monastery zone, not outside.

408. 408

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बहिसीमायba·hi·sī·mā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तोसीमाय;an·to·sī·mā·ya

     atthāpatti bahisīmāya āpajjati, no antosīmāya;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits outside the monastery zone, not inside.

409. 409

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोसीमायan·to·sī·mā·ya चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti बहिसीमायba·hi·sī·mā·ya च।ca

     atthāpatti antosīmāya ceva āpajjati bahisīmāya ca.

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both inside and outside the monastery zone.

410. 410

     तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति—ā·paj·ja·ti

     Tīhākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati—

     One commits an offense in three ways:

411. 411

     कायेनkā·ye·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     kāyena āpajjati, vācāya āpajjati, kāyena vācāya āpajjati.

     one commits an offense by body, by speech, or by body and speech. —

412. 412

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति—ā·paj·ja·ti

     Aparehipi tīhākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati—

     One commits an offense in three other ways:

413. 413

     सङ्घमज्झे,saṅ·gha·maj·jhe गणमज्झे,ga·ṇa·maj·jhe पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सन्तिके।san·ti·ke

     saṅghamajjhe, gaṇamajjhe, puggalassa santike.

     in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, or in the presence of an individual. —

414. 414

     तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā वुट्ठाति—vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Tīhākārehi āpattiyā vuṭṭhāti—

     One clears an offense in three ways:

415. 415

     कायेनkā·ye·na वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     kāyena vuṭṭhāti, vācāya vuṭṭhāti, kāyena vācāya vuṭṭhāti.

     one clears an offense by body, by speech, or by body and speech. —

416. 416

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā वुट्ठाति—vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Aparehipi tīhākārehi āpattiyā vuṭṭhāti—

     One clears an offense in three other ways:

417. 417

     सङ्घमज्झे,saṅ·gha·maj·jhe गणमज्झे,ga·ṇa·maj·jhe पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सन्तिके।san·ti·ke

     saṅghamajjhe, gaṇamajjhe, puggalassa santike.

     in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, or in the presence of an individual. —

418. 418

     तीणिtī·ṇi अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni अमूळ्हविनयस्सa·mū·ḷha·vi·na·yas·sa दानानि।dā·nā·ni

     Tīṇi adhammikāni amūḷhavinayassa dānāni.

     There are three illegitimate grantings of resolution because of past insanity. —

419. 419

     तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni अमूळ्हविनयस्सa·mū·ḷha·vi·na·yas·sa दानानि।dā·nā·ni

     Tīṇi dhammikāni amūḷhavinayassa dānāni.

     There are three legitimate grantings of resolution because of past insanity.

420. 420

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तज्जनीयकम्मंtaj·ja·nī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho tajjanīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of censure against him:

421. 421

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti कलहकारकोka·la·ha·kā·ra·ko विवादकारकोvi·vā·da·kā·ra·ko भस्सकारकोbhas·sa·kā·ra·ko सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no गिहिसंसट्ठोgi·hi·saṃ·saṭ·ṭho विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti अननुलोमिकेहिa·na·nu·lo·mi·ke·hi गिहिसंसग्गेहि।gi·hi·saṃ·sag·ge·hi

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno gihisaṁsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṁsaggehi.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he is constantly and improperly socializing with householders.

422. 422

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho नियस्सकम्मंni·yas·sa·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho niyassakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of demotion against him:

423. 423

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no गिहिसंसट्ठोgi·hi·saṃ·saṭ·ṭho विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti अननुलोमिकेहिa·na·nu·lo·mi·ke·hi गिहिसंसग्गेहि।gi·hi·saṃ·sag·ge·hi

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno gihisaṁsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṁsaggehi.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he is constantly and improperly socializing with householders.

424. 424

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho पब्बाजनीयकम्मंpab·bā·ja·nī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pabbājanīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of banishment against him:

425. 425

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no कुलदूसकोku·la·dū·sa·ko होतिho·ti पापसमाचारोpā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ro पापसमाचाराpā·pa·sa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च।ca

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro pāpasamācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he is a corrupter of families and badly behaved, and his bad behavior has been seen and heard about.

426. 426

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho पटिसारणीयकम्मंpa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of reconciliation against him:

427. 427

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no गिहीgi·hī अक्कोसतिak·ko·sa·ti परिभासति।pa·ri·bhā·sa·ti

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno gihī akkosati paribhāsati.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he abuses and reviles householders.

428. 428

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā अदस्सनेa·das·sa·ne उक्खेपनीयकम्मंuk·khe·pa·nī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of ejection against him for not recognizing an offense:

429. 429

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā नna इच्छतिic·cha·ti आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ पस्सितुं।pas·si·tuṃ

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno āpattiṁ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṁ passituṁ.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) after committing an offense, he refuses to recognize it.

430. 430

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā अप्पटिकम्मेap·pa·ṭi·kam·me उक्खेपनीयकम्मंuk·khe·pa·nī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of ejection against him for not making amends for an offense:

431. 431

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā नna इच्छतिic·cha·ti आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ पटिकातुं।pa·ṭi·kā·tuṃ

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno āpattiṁ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṁ paṭikātuṁ.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) after committing an offense, he refuses to make amends for it.

432. 432

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho पापिकायpā·pi·kā·ya दिट्ठियाdiṭ·ṭhi·yā अप्पटिनिस्सग्गेap·pa·ṭi·nis·sag·ge उक्खेपनीयकम्मंuk·khe·pa·nī·ya·kam·maṃ करेय्य—ka·rey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṁ kareyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, do a procedure of ejection against him for not giving up a bad view:

433. 433

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti …पे…pe सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तो,ab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानोa·na·pa·dā·no नna इच्छतिic·cha·ti पापिकंpā·pi·kaṃ दिट्ठिंdiṭ·ṭhiṃ पटिनिस्सज्जितुं।pa·ṭi·nis·saj·ji·tuṃ

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti …pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto, āpattibahulo anapadāno na icchati pāpikaṁ diṭṭhiṁ paṭinissajjituṁ.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he refuses to give up a bad view.

434. 434

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no सङ्घोsaṅ·gho आगाळ्हायā·gā·ḷhā·ya चेतेय्य—ce·tey·ya

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho āgāḷhāya ceteyya—

     When a monk has three qualities, the Sangha may, if it wishes, plan a strong action against him:

435. 435

     भण्डनकारकोbhaṇ·ḍa·na·kā·ra·ko होतिho·ti कलहकारकोka·la·ha·kā·ra·ko विवादकारकोvi·vā·da·kā·ra·ko भस्सकारकोbhas·sa·kā·ra·ko सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अधिकरणकारको,a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·kā·ra·ko बालोbā·lo होतिho·ti अब्यत्तोab·yat·to आपत्तिबहुलोā·pat·ti·ba·hu·lo अनपदानो,a·na·pa·dā·no गिहिसंसट्ठोgi·hi·saṃ·saṭ·ṭho विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti अननुलोमिकेहिa·na·nu·lo·mi·ke·hi गिहिसंसग्गेहि।gi·hi·saṃ·sag·ge·hi

     bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, bālo hoti abyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno, gihisaṁsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṁsaggehi.

     (1) he is quarrelsome, argumentative, and a creator of legal issues in the Sangha; (2) he is ignorant and incompetent, often committing offenses, and lacking in boundaries; (3) he is constantly and improperly socializing with householders.

436. 436

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

437. 437

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

438. 438

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

439. 439

     अधिसीलेa·dhi·sī·le सीलविपन्नोsī·la·vi·pan·no होति,ho·ti अज्झाचारेaj·jhā·cā·re आचारविपन्नोā·cā·ra·vi·pan·no होति,ho·ti अतिदिट्ठियाa·ti·diṭ·ṭhi·yā दिट्ठिविपन्नोdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pan·no होति।ho·ti

     adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti.

     he has failed in the higher morality; he has failed in the higher conduct; he has failed in the higher view. —

440. 440

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

441. 441

     कायिकेनkā·yi·ke·na दवेनda·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti वाचसिकेनvā·ca·si·ke·na दवेनda·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti कायिकवाचसिकेनkā·yi·ka·vā·ca·si·ke·na दवेनda·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति।ho·ti

     kāyikena davena samannāgato hoti, vācasikena davena samannāgato hoti, kāyikavācasikena davena samannāgato hoti.

     his bodily conduct is frivolous; his verbal conduct is frivolous; his bodily and verbal conduct are frivolous. —

442. 442

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

443. 443

     कायिकेनkā·yi·ke·na अनाचारेनa·nā·cā·re·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti वाचसिकेनvā·ca·si·ke·na अनाचारेनa·nā·cā·re·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti कायिकवाचसिकेनkā·yi·ka·vā·ca·si·ke·na अनाचारेनa·nā·cā·re·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति।ho·ti

     kāyikena anācārena samannāgato hoti, vācasikena anācārena samannāgato hoti, kāyikavācasikena anācārena samannāgato hoti.

     he is improperly behaved by body; he is improperly behaved by speech; he is improperly behaved by body and speech. —

444. 444

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

445. 445

     कायिकेनkā·yi·ke·na उपघातिकेनu·pa·ghā·ti·ke·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti वाचसिकेनvā·ca·si·ke·na उपघातिकेनu·pa·ghā·ti·ke·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti कायिकवाचसिकेनkā·yi·ka·vā·ca·si·ke·na उपघातिकेनu·pa·ghā·ti·ke·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति।ho·ti

     kāyikena upaghātikena samannāgato hoti, vācasikena upaghātikena samannāgato hoti, kāyikavācasikena upaghātikena samannāgato hoti.

     his bodily conduct is harmful; his verbal conduct is harmful; his bodily and verbal conduct are harmful. —

446. 446

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

447. 447

     कायिकेनkā·yi·ke·na मिच्छाजीवेनmic·chā·jī·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti वाचसिकेनvā·ca·si·ke·na मिच्छाजीवेनmic·chā·jī·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti कायिकवाचसिकेनkā·yi·ka·vā·ca·si·ke·na मिच्छाजीवेनmic·chā·jī·ve·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति।ho·ti

     kāyikena micchājīvena samannāgato hoti, vācasikena micchājīvena samannāgato hoti, kāyikavācasikena micchājīvena samannāgato hoti.

     he has wrong livelihood by body; he has wrong livelihood by speech; he has wrong livelihood by body and speech. —

448. 448

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

449. 449

     आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नोā·pan·no कम्मकतोkam·ma·ka·to उपसम्पादेति,u·pa·sam·pā·de·ti निस्सयंnis·sa·yaṃ देति,de·ti सामणेरंsā·ma·ṇe·raṃ उपट्ठापेति।u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti

     āpattiṁ āpanno kammakato upasampādeti, nissayaṁ deti, sāmaṇeraṁ upaṭṭhāpeti.

     if, after committing an offense and having a legal procedure done against him, he gives the full ordination, gives formal support, has a novice monk attend on him. —

450. 450

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

451. 451

     यायyā·ya आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na कम्मंkam·maṃ कतंka·taṃ होतिho·ti तंtaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ वाvā तादिसिकं,tā·di·si·kaṃ ततोta·to वाvā पापिट्ठतरं।pā·piṭ·ṭha·ta·raṃ

     yāya āpattiyā saṅghena kammaṁ kataṁ hoti taṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, aññaṁ vā tādisikaṁ, tato vā pāpiṭṭhataraṁ.

     he commits the same offense for which the Sangha did the legal procedure against him; he commits an offense similar to the one for which the Sangha did the legal procedure against him; he commits an offense worse than the one for which the Sangha did the legal procedure against him. —

452. 452

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कम्मंkam·maṃ कातब्बं—kā·tab·baṃ

     Aparehipi tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno kammaṁ kātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three other qualities a legal procedure may be done against him:

453. 453

     बुद्धस्सbud·dhas·sa अवण्णंa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti धम्मस्सdham·mas·sa अवण्णंa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa अवण्णंa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति।bhā·sa·ti

     buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati.

     he disparages the Buddha; he disparages the Teaching; he disparages the Sangha.

454. 454

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ ठपेन्तस्स—“अलं,ṭha·pen·tas·sa भिक्खु,bhik·khu माmā भण्डनंbhaṇ·ḍa·naṃ माmā कलहंka·la·haṃ माmā विग्गहंvig·ga·haṃ माmā विवादन्”तिvi·vā·dan ओमद्दित्वाo·mad·dit·vā सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na उपोसथोu·po·sa·tho कातब्बो—kā·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno saṅghamajjhe uposathaṁ ṭhapentassa—“alaṁ, bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṁ mā kalahaṁ mā viggahaṁ mā vivādan”ti omadditvā saṅghena uposatho kātabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities and is having the observance-day ceremony canceled in the midst of the Sangha, then, after pressing him by saying, ‘Enough, no more arguing and disputing,’ the Sangha should do the observance-day ceremony. These are the three qualities:

455. 455

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

456. 456

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe पवारणंpa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ ठपेन्तस्स—“अलं,ṭha·pen·tas·sa भिक्खु,bhik·khu माmā भण्डनंbhaṇ·ḍa·naṃ माmā कलहंka·la·haṃ माmā विग्गहंvig·ga·haṃ माmā विवादन्”तिvi·vā·dan ओमद्दित्वाo·mad·dit·vā सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na पवारेतब्बं—pa·vā·re·tab·baṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno saṅghamajjhe pavāraṇaṁ ṭhapentassa—“alaṁ, bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṁ mā kalahaṁ mā viggahaṁ mā vivādan”ti omadditvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities and is having the invitation ceremony canceled in the midst of the Sangha, then, after pressing him by saying, ‘Enough, no more arguing and disputing,’ the Sangha should do the invitation ceremony. These are the three qualities:

457. 457

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

458. 458

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no नna काचिkā·ci सङ्घसम्मुतिsaṅ·gha·sam·mu·ti दातब्बा—dā·tab·bā

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno na kāci saṅghasammuti dātabbā—

     The Sangha should not give any formal approval to a monk who has three qualities:

459. 459

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

460. 460

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe नna वोहरितब्बं—vo·ha·ri·tab·baṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā saṅghe na voharitabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not speak in the Sangha:

461. 461

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

462. 462

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu नna किस्मिञ्चिkis·miñ·ci पच्चेकट्ठानेpac·ce·kaṭ·ṭhā·ne ठपेतब्बो—ṭha·pe·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu na kismiñci paccekaṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not be put in any position of authority:

463. 463

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

464. 464

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no निस्सायnis·sā·ya नna वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno nissāya na vatthabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities, one should not live with formal support from him:

465. 465

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

466. 466

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no निस्सयोnis·sa·yo नna दातब्बो—dā·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno nissayo na dātabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not give formal support:

467. 467

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

468. 468

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no ओकासकम्मंo·kā·sa·kam·maṃ कारापेन्तस्सkā·rā·pen·tas·sa नालंnā·laṃ ओकासकम्मंo·kā·sa·kam·maṃ कातुं—kā·tuṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno okāsakammaṁ kārāpentassa nālaṁ okāsakammaṁ kātuṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities, he is not qualified to ask for permission to correct another:

469. 469

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

470. 470

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no सवचनीयंsa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ नादातब्बं—nā·dā·tab·baṃ

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno savacanīyaṁ nādātabbaṁ—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not be allowed to direct anyone:

471. 471

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

472. 472

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no विनयोvi·na·yo नna पुच्छितब्बो—puc·chi·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno vinayo na pucchitabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not be asked about the Monastic Law:

473. 473

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

474. 474

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विनयोvi·na·yo नna पुच्छितब्बो—puc·chi·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā vinayo na pucchitabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not ask about the Monastic Law:

475. 475

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

476. 476

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no विनयोvi·na·yo नna विस्सज्जेतब्बो—vis·saj·je·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno vinayo na vissajjetabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, his questions about the Monastic Law should not be replied to:

477. 477

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

478. 478

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विनयोvi·na·yo नna विस्सज्जेतब्बो—vis·saj·je·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā vinayo na vissajjetabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not reply to questions about the Monastic Law:

479. 479

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

480. 480

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अनुयोगोa·nu·yo·go नna दातब्बो—dā·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno anuyogo na dātabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not be allowed to ask questions:

481. 481

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

482. 482

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ विनयोvi·na·yo नna साकच्छितब्बो—sā·kac·chi·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ vinayo na sākacchitabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, one should not discuss the Monastic Law with him:

483. 483

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk. —

484. 484

     तीहङ्गेहिtī·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ नna निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo नna सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

     Tīhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ na nissayo dātabbo na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

     When a monk has three qualities, he should not give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him:

485. 485

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī चca होति,ho·ti बालोbā·lo च,ca अपकतत्तोa·pa·ka·tat·to च।ca

     alajjī ca hoti, bālo ca, apakatatto ca.

     he is shameless, ignorant, and not a regular monk.

486. 486

     तयोta·yo उपोसथा—u·po·sa·thā

     Tayo uposathā—

     There are three kinds of observance-day ceremonies:

487. 487

     चातुद्दसिको,cā·tud·da·si·ko पन्नरसिको,pan·na·ra·si·ko सामग्गिउपोसथो।sā·mag·gi·u·po·sa·tho

     cātuddasiko, pannarasiko, sāmaggiuposatho.

     on the fourteenth, on the fifteenth, and the observance-day ceremony for the sake of unity. —

488. 488

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi तयोta·yo उपोसथा—u·po·sa·thā

     Aparepi tayo uposathā—

     There are three other kinds of observance-day ceremonies:

489. 489

     सङ्घेउपोसथो,saṅ·ghe·u·po·sa·tho गणेउपोसथो,ga·ṇe·u·po·sa·tho पुग्गलेउपोसथो।pug·ga·le·u·po·sa·tho

     saṅgheuposatho, gaṇeuposatho, puggaleuposatho.

     the observance-day ceremony for a sangha, the observance-day ceremony for a group, and the observance-day ceremony for an individual. —

490. 490

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi तयोta·yo उपोसथा—u·po·sa·thā

     Aparepi tayo uposathā—

     There are three other kinds of observance-day ceremonies:

491. 491

     सुत्तुद्देसोउपोसथो,sut·tud·de·so·u·po·sa·tho पारिसुद्धिउपोसथो,pā·ri·sud·dhi·u·po·sa·tho अधिट्ठानुपोसथो।a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nu·po·sa·tho

     suttuddesouposatho, pārisuddhiuposatho, adhiṭṭhānuposatho.

     the observance-day ceremony which consists of reciting the Monastic Code, the observance-day ceremony which consists of declaring purity, and the observance-day ceremony which consists of a determination.

492. 492

     तिस्सोtis·so पवारणा—pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Tisso pavāraṇā—

     There are three kinds of invitation ceremonies:

493. 493

     चातुद्दसिका,cā·tud·da·si·kā पन्नरसिका,pan·na·ra·si·kā सामग्गिपवारणा।sā·mag·gi·pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     cātuddasikā, pannarasikā, sāmaggipavāraṇā.

     on the fourteenth, on the fifteenth, and the invitation ceremony for the sake of unity. —

494. 494

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi तिस्सोtis·so पवारणा—pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Aparāpi tisso pavāraṇā—

     There are three other kinds of invitation ceremonies:

495. 495

     सङ्घेपवारणा,saṅ·ghe·pa·vā·ra·ṇā गणेपवारणा,ga·ṇe·pa·vā·ra·ṇā पुग्गलेपवारणा।pug·ga·le·pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     saṅghepavāraṇā, gaṇepavāraṇā, puggalepavāraṇā.

     the invitation ceremony for a sangha, the invitation ceremony for a group, and the invitation ceremony for an individual. —

496. 496

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi तिस्सोtis·so पवारणा—pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Aparāpi tisso pavāraṇā—

     There are three other kinds of invitation ceremonies:

497. 497

     तेवाचिकापवारणा,te·vā·ci·kā·pa·vā·ra·ṇā द्वेवाचिकापवारणा,dve·vā·ci·kā·pa·vā·ra·ṇā समानवस्सिकापवारणा।sa·mā·na·vas·si·kā·pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     tevācikāpavāraṇā, dvevācikāpavāraṇā, samānavassikāpavāraṇā.

     the invitation ceremony done by means of three statements, the invitation ceremony done by means of two statements, the invitation ceremony done by means of groups according to the year of seniority.

498. 498

     तयोta·yo आपायिकाā·pā·yi·kā नेरयिका—ne·ra·yi·kā

     Tayo āpāyikā nerayikā—

     There are three kinds of persons bound for hell:

499. 499

     इदमप्पहाय,i·da·map·pa·hā·ya योyo चca अब्रह्मचारीab·rah·ma·cā·rī ब्रह्मचारिपटिञ्ञो,brah·ma·cā·ri·pa·ṭiñ·ño योyo चca सुद्धंsud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचारिंbrah·ma·cā·riṃ परिसुद्धब्रह्मचरियंpa·ri·sud·dhab·rah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ चरन्तंca·ran·taṃ अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na अब्रह्मचरियेनab·rah·ma·ca·ri·ye·na अनुद्धंसेति,a·nud·dhaṃ·se·ti योyo चायंcā·yaṃ एवंवादीe·vaṃ·vā·dī एवंदिट्ठि—“नत्थिe·vaṃ·diṭ·ṭhi कामेसुkā·me·su दोसो”तिdo·so सोso कामेसुkā·me·su पातब्यतंpā·tab·ya·taṃ आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     idamappahāya, yo ca abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, yo ca suddhaṁ brahmacāriṁ parisuddhabrahmacariyaṁ carantaṁ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṁseti, yo cāyaṁ evaṁvādī evaṁdiṭṭhi—“natthi kāmesu doso”ti so kāmesu pātabyataṁ āpajjati.

     (1) one who, not having abandoned it, does not abstain from sexuality, while claiming to do so; (2) one who groundlessly charges someone who lives a pure spiritual life with not abstaining from sexuality; (3) one who has and declares a view such as this: ‘There is no fault in worldly pleasures,’ and then indulges in them.

500. 500

     तीणिtī·ṇi अकुसलमूलानि—a·ku·sa·la·mū·lā·ni

     Tīṇi akusalamūlāni—

     There are three unwholesome roots:

501. 501

     लोभोlo·bho अकुसलमूलं,a·ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ दोसोdo·so अकुसलमूलं,a·ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ मोहोmo·ho अकुसलमूलं।a·ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ

     lobho akusalamūlaṁ, doso akusalamūlaṁ, moho akusalamūlaṁ.

     desire, ill will, and confusion. —

502. 502

     तीणिtī·ṇi कुसलमूलानि—ku·sa·la·mū·lā·ni

     Tīṇi kusalamūlāni—

     There are three wholesome roots:

503. 503

     अलोभोa·lo·bho कुसलमूलं,ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ अदोसोa·do·so कुसलमूलं,ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ अमोहोa·mo·ho कुसलमूलं।ku·sa·la·mū·laṃ

     alobho kusalamūlaṁ, adoso kusalamūlaṁ, amoho kusalamūlaṁ.

     non-desire, non-ill will, and non-confusion. —

504. 504

     तीणिtī·ṇi दुच्चरितानि—duc·ca·ri·tā·ni

     Tīṇi duccaritāni—

     There are three kinds of misconduct:

505. 505

     कायदुच्चरितं,kā·ya·duc·ca·ri·taṃ वचीदुच्चरितं,va·cī·duc·ca·ri·taṃ मनोदुच्चरितं।ma·no·duc·ca·ri·taṃ

     kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ.

     misconduct by body, misconduct by speech, and misconduct by mind. —

506. 506

     तीणिtī·ṇi सुचरितानि—su·ca·ri·tā·ni

     Tīṇi sucaritāni—

     There are three kinds of good conduct:

507. 507

     कायसुचरितं,kā·ya·su·ca·ri·taṃ वचीसुचरितं,va·cī·su·ca·ri·taṃ मनोसुचरितं।ma·no·su·ca·ri·taṃ

     kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ.

     good conduct by body, good conduct by speech, and good conduct by mind. —

508. 508

     तयोta·yo अत्थवसेat·tha·va·se पटिच्चpa·ṭic·ca भगवताbha·ga·va·tā कुलेसुku·le·su तिकभोजनंti·ka·bho·ja·naṃ पञ्ञत्तं—pañ·ñat·taṃ

     Tayo atthavase paṭicca bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṁ paññattaṁ—

     There are three reasons why the Buddha laid down the rule on eating in groups of no more than three:

509. 509

     दुम्मङ्कूनंdum·maṅ·kū·naṃ पुग्गलानंpug·ga·lā·naṃ निग्गहाय,nig·ga·hā·ya पेसलानंpe·sa·lā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ फासुविहाराय,phā·su·vi·hā·rā·ya “माmā पापिच्छाpā·pic·chā पक्खंpak·khaṃ निस्सायnis·sā·ya सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ भिन्देय्युन्”तिbhin·dey·yun कुलानुद्दयतायku·lā·nud·da·ya·tā·ya च।ca

     dummaṅkūnaṁ puggalānaṁ niggahāya, pesalānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ phāsuvihārāya, “mā pāpicchā pakkhaṁ nissāya saṅghaṁ bhindeyyun”ti kulānuddayatāya ca.

     for the restraint of bad people; for the ease of good monks, stopping those with bad desires from creating a faction and then splitting the Sangha; and out of compassion for families. —

510. 510

     तीहिtī·hi असद्धम्मेहिa·sad·dham·me·hi अभिभूतोa·bhi·bhū·to परियादिन्नचित्तोpa·ri·yā·din·na·cit·to देवदत्तोde·va·dat·to आपायिकोā·pā·yi·ko नेरयिकोne·ra·yi·ko कप्पट्ठोkap·paṭ·ṭho अतेकिच्छोa·te·kic·cho पापिच्छताpā·pic·cha·tā पापमित्तताpā·pa·mit·ta·tā ओरमत्तकेनo·ra·mat·ta·ke·na विसेसाधिगमेनvi·se·sā·dhi·ga·me·na अन्तराan·ta·rā वोसानंvo·sā·naṃ आपादि।ā·pā·di

     Tīhi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho pāpicchatā pāpamittatā oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṁ āpādi.

     It’s because he was overcome and consumed by three bad qualities that Devadatta was irredeemably destined to an eon in hell: bad desires; bad friends; and after trifling successes, he stopped short of the goal. —

511. 511

     तिस्सोtis·so सम्मुतियो—sam·mu·ti·yo

     Tisso sammutiyo—

     There are three kinds of approval:

512. 512

     दण्डसम्मुति,daṇ·ḍa·sam·mu·ti सिक्कासम्मुति,sik·kā·sam·mu·ti दण्डसिक्कासम्मुति।daṇ·ḍa·sik·kā·sam·mu·ti

     daṇḍasammuti, sikkāsammuti, daṇḍasikkāsammuti.

     approval to use a staff, approval to use a carrying net, and approval to use both a staff and a carrying net. —

513. 513

     तिस्सोtis·so पादुकाpā·du·kā धुवट्ठानिकाdhu·vaṭ·ṭhā·ni·kā असङ्कमनीया—a·saṅ·ka·ma·nī·yā

     Tisso pādukā dhuvaṭṭhānikā asaṅkamanīyā—

     There are three kinds of foot stands that are fixed in place and immobile:

514. 514

     वच्चपादुका,vac·ca·pā·du·kā पस्सावपादुका,pas·sā·va·pā·du·kā आचमनपादुका।ā·ca·ma·na·pā·du·kā

     vaccapādukā, passāvapādukā, ācamanapādukā.

     foot stands for defecating, foot stands for urinating, foot stands for restroom ablutions. —

515. 515

     तिस्सोtis·so पादघंसनियो—pā·da·ghaṃ·sa·ni·yo

     Tisso pādaghaṁsaniyo—

     There are three kinds of foot scrubbers:

516. 516

     सक्खरं,sak·kha·raṃ कथला,ka·tha·lā समुद्दफेणकोति।sa·mud·da·phe·ṇa·ko·ti

     sakkharaṁ, kathalā, samuddapheṇakoti.

     stones, pebbles, and pumice.”

517. 517

     तिकंti·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

     Tikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

     The section on threes is finished.

518. 518

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

519. 519

     तिट्ठन्तेtiṭ·ṭhan·te कालेkā·le रत्तिञ्च,rat·tiñ·ca

     Tiṭṭhante kāle rattiñca,

     “While he is alive, at the right time, and at night,

520. 520

     दसda·sa पञ्चpañ·ca कुसलेन;ku·sa·le·na

     dasa pañca kusalena;

     Ten, five, with wholesome;

521. 521

     वेदनाve·da·nā चोदनाco·da·nā वत्थु,vat·thu

     Vedanā codanā vatthu,

     Feelings, grounds for an accusation,

522. 522

     सलाकाsa·lā·kā द्वेdve पटिक्खिपा।pa·ṭik·khi·pā

     salākā dve paṭikkhipā.

     Voting, two on prohibited.

523. 523

     पञ्ञत्तिpañ·ñat·ti अपरेa·pa·re द्वेdve च,ca

     Paññatti apare dve ca,

     Rule, and two others,

524. 524

     बालोbā·lo काळेkā·ḷe चca कप्पति;kap·pa·ti

     bālo kāḷe ca kappati;

     Fools, and during the waning phase of the moon, <j>it is allowable;

525. 525

     हेमन्तेhe·man·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho सङ्घस्स,saṅ·ghas·sa

     Hemante saṅgho saṅghassa,

     During winter, a sangha, for a sangha,

526. 526

     छादनाchā·da·nā चca पटिच्छादि।pa·ṭic·chā·di

     chādanā ca paṭicchādi.

     And concealings, a covering.

527. 527

     पटिच्छन्नाpa·ṭic·chan·nā विवटाvi·va·ṭā च,ca

     Paṭicchannā vivaṭā ca,

     Concealed, and in the open,

528. 528

     सेनासनगिलायना;se·nā·sa·na·gi·lā·ya·nā

     senāsanagilāyanā;

     Dwelling, sick;

529. 529

     पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ परिवासं,pa·ri·vā·saṃ

     Pātimokkhaṁ parivāsaṁ,

     Monastic Code, probation,

530. 530

     मानत्ताmā·nat·tā पारिवासिका।pā·ri·vā·si·kā

     mānattā pārivāsikā.

     Trial period, those on probation.

531. 531

     अन्तोan·to अन्तोan·to चca सीमाय,sī·mā·ya

     Anto anto ca sīmāya,

     Inside, and inside the monastery zone,

532. 532

     आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti पुनापरे;pu·nā·pa·re

     āpajjati punāpare;

     One commits, again another;

533. 533

     वुट्ठातिvuṭ·ṭhā·ti अपरेa·pa·re चेव,ce·va

     Vuṭṭhāti apare ceva,

     One clears, and another,

534. 534

     अमूळ्हविनयाa·mū·ḷha·vi·na·yā दुवे।du·ve

     amūḷhavinayā duve.

     Two on resolution because of past insanity.

535. 535

     तज्जनीयाtaj·ja·nī·yā नियस्साni·yas·sā च,ca

     Tajjanīyā niyassā ca,

     Censure, and demotion,

536. 536

     पब्बाजपटिसारणी;pab·bā·ja·pa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī

     pabbājapaṭisāraṇī;

     Banishment, reconciliation;

537. 537

     अदस्सनाa·das·sa·nā पटिकम्मे,pa·ṭi·kam·me

     Adassanā paṭikamme,

     Not recognizing, making amends,

538. 538

     अनिस्सग्गेa·nis·sag·ge चca दिट्ठिया।diṭ·ṭhi·yā

     anissagge ca diṭṭhiyā.

     And not giving up a view.

539. 539

     आगाळ्हकम्माधिसीले,ā·gā·ḷha·kam·mā·dhi·sī·le

     Āgāḷhakammādhisīle,

     Strong, legal procedure, in the higher morality,

540. 540

     दवानाचारघातिका;da·vā·nā·cā·ra·ghā·ti·kā

     davānācāraghātikā;

     Frivolous, improperly behaved, harmful;

541. 541

     आजीवापन्नाā·jī·vā·pan·nā तादिसिका,tā·di·si·kā

     Ājīvāpannā tādisikā,

     Livelihood, committing, similar,

542. 542

     अवण्णुपोसथेनa·vaṇ·ṇu·po·sa·the·na च।ca

     avaṇṇuposathena ca.

     Disparages, and with observance-day ceremony.

543. 543

     पवारणाpa·vā·ra·ṇā सम्मुतिsam·mu·ti च,ca

     Pavāraṇā sammuti ca,

     Invitation ceremony, and formal approval,

544. 544

     वोहारपच्चेकेनvo·hā·ra·pac·ce·ke·na च;ca

     vohārapaccekena ca;

     Speak, and with authority;

545. 545

     नna वत्थब्बंvat·thab·baṃ नna दातब्बं,dā·tab·baṃ

     Na vatthabbaṁ na dātabbaṁ,

     Should not live, should not give,

546. 546

     ओकासंo·kā·saṃ नna करेka·re तथा।ta·thā

     okāsaṁ na kare tathā.

     So one should not ask for permission.

547. 547

     नna करेka·re सवचनीयं,sa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ

     Na kare savacanīyaṁ,

     One should not direct,

548. 548

     नna पुच्छितब्बकाpuc·chi·tab·ba·kā दुवे;du·ve

     na pucchitabbakā duve;

     Two on those who should not be asked;

549. 549

     नna विस्सज्जेvis·saj·je दुवेdu·ve चेव,ce·va

     Na vissajje duve ceva,

     And two on one should not reply,

550. 550

     अनुयोगम्पिa·nu·yo·gam·pi नोno ददे।da·de

     anuyogampi no dade.

     And one should not be allowed to ask.

551. 551

     साकच्छाsā·kac·chā उपसम्पदा,u·pa·sam·pa·dā

     Sākacchā upasampadā,

     Discussion, full ordination,

552. 552

     निस्सयसामणेराnis·sa·ya·sā·ma·ṇe·rā च;ca

     nissayasāmaṇerā ca;

     Formal support, and novice monk;

553. 553

     उपोसथतिकाu·po·sa·tha·ti·kā तीणि,tī·ṇi

     Uposathatikā tīṇi,

     Three on three observance-day ceremonies,

554. 554

     पवारणतिकाpa·vā·ra·ṇa·ti·kā तयो।ta·yo

     pavāraṇatikā tayo.

     Three on three invitation ceremonies.

555. 555

     आपायिकाā·pā·yi·kā अकुसला,a·ku·sa·lā

     Āpāyikā akusalā,

     Bound for the lower, unwholesome,

556. 556

     कुसलाku·sa·lā चरिताca·ri·tā दुवे;du·ve

     kusalā caritā duve;

     Wholesome, two on conduct;

557. 557

     तिकभोजनसद्धम्मे,ti·ka·bho·ja·na·sad·dham·me

     Tikabhojanasaddhamme,

     Eating in groups of no more than three, in bad qualities,

558. 558

     सम्मुतिsam·mu·ti पादुकेनpā·du·ke·na च;ca

     sammuti pādukena ca;

     Approval, and with foot stands;

559. 559

     पादघंसनिकाpā·da·ghaṃ·sa·ni·kā चेव,ce·va

     Pādaghaṁsanikā ceva,

     And foot scrubbers—

560. 560

     उद्दानंud·dā·naṃ तिककेti·ka·ke इदन्ति।i·dan·ti

     uddānaṁ tikake idanti.

     This is the summary for the threes.”

561. 561

     4। चतुक्कवारca·tuk·ka·vā·ra

     4. Catukkavāra

     4. The section on fours

562. 562

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सकवाचायsa·ka·vā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti परवाचायpa·ra·vā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti sakavācāya āpajjati, paravācāya vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits through one’s own speech, but clears through someone else’s speech.

563. 563

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परवाचायpa·ra·vā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सकवाचायsa·ka·vā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti paravācāya āpajjati, sakavācāya vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits through someone else’s speech, but clears through one’s own speech.

564. 564

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सकवाचायsa·ka·vā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सकवाचायsa·ka·vā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti sakavācāya āpajjati, sakavācāya vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits through one’s own speech and clears through one’s own speech.

565. 565

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परवाचायpa·ra·vā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti परवाचायpa·ra·vā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti paravācāya āpajjati, paravācāya vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits through someone else’s speech and clears through someone else’s speech.

566. 566

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कायेनkā·ye·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti kāyena āpajjati, vācāya vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits by body, but clears by speech.

567. 567

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti vācāya āpajjati, kāyena vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits by speech, but clears by body.

568. 568

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कायेनkā·ye·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti kāyena āpajjati, kāyena vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits by body and clears by body.

569. 569

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti vācāya āpajjati, vācāya vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits by speech and clears by speech.

570. 570

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पसुत्तोpa·sut·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पटिबुद्धोpa·ṭi·bud·dho वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti pasutto āpajjati, paṭibuddho vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits while sleeping, but clears while awake.

571. 571

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पटिबुद्धोpa·ṭi·bud·dho आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पसुत्तोpa·sut·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti paṭibuddho āpajjati, pasutto vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits while awake, but clears while sleeping.

572. 572

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पसुत्तोpa·sut·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पसुत्तोpa·sut·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti pasutto āpajjati, pasutto vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits while sleeping and clears while sleeping.

573. 573

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पटिबुद्धोpa·ṭi·bud·dho आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पटिबुद्धोpa·ṭi·bud·dho वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti paṭibuddho āpajjati, paṭibuddho vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits while awake and clears while awake.

574. 574

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अचित्तकोa·cit·ta·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सचित्तकोsa·cit·ta·ko वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti acittako āpajjati, sacittako vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits unintentionally, but clears intentionally.

575. 575

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सचित्तकोsa·cit·ta·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अचित्तकोa·cit·ta·ko वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti sacittako āpajjati, acittako vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits intentionally, but clears unintentionally.

576. 576

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अचित्तकोa·cit·ta·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अचित्तकोa·cit·ta·ko वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti acittako āpajjati, acittako vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits unintentionally and clears unintentionally.

577. 577

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सचित्तकोsa·cit·ta·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सचित्तकोsa·cit·ta·ko वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti sacittako āpajjati, sacittako vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits intentionally and clears intentionally.

578. 578

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आपज्जन्तोā·paj·jan·to देसेति;de·se·ti

     Atthāpatti āpajjanto deseti;

     (1) There are offenses where one confesses an offense while committing an offense.

579. 579

     देसेन्तोde·sen·to आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     desento āpajjati;

     (2) There are offenses where one commits an offense while confessing an offense.

580. 580

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आपज्जन्तोā·paj·jan·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti āpajjanto vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses where one clears an offense while committing an offense.

581. 581

     वुट्ठहन्तोvuṭ·ṭha·han·to आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     vuṭṭhahanto āpajjati.

     (4) There are offenses where one commits an offense while clearing an offense.

582. 582

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कम्मेनkam·me·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अकम्मेनa·kam·me·na वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti kammena āpajjati, akammena vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits through action, but clears through non-action.

583. 583

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अकम्मेनa·kam·me·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कम्मेनkam·me·na वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti akammena āpajjati, kammena vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits through non-action, but clears through action.

584. 584

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कम्मेनkam·me·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कम्मेनkam·me·na वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti kammena āpajjati, kammena vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits through action and clears through action.

585. 585

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अकम्मेनa·kam·me·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अकम्मेनa·kam·me·na वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti akammena āpajjati, akammena vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits through non-action and clears through non-action.

586. 586

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro अनरियवोहारा—a·na·ri·ya·vo·hā·rā

     Cattāro anariyavohārā—

     There are four kinds of ignoble speech:

587. 587

     अदिट्ठेa·diṭ·ṭhe दिट्ठवादिता,diṭ·ṭha·vā·di·tā अस्सुतेas·su·te सुतवादिता,su·ta·vā·di·tā अमुतेa·mu·te मुतवादिता,mu·ta·vā·di·tā अविञ्ञातेa·viñ·ñā·te विञ्ञातवादिता।viñ·ñā·ta·vā·di·tā

     adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, assute sutavāditā, amute mutavāditā, aviññāte viññātavāditā.

     (1) saying that one has seen what one has not seen; (2) saying that one has heard what one has not heard; (3) saying that one has sensed what one has not sensed; (4) saying that one has known what one has not known.

588. 588

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro अरियवोहारा—a·ri·ya·vo·hā·rā

     Cattāro ariyavohārā—

     There are four kinds of noble speech:

589. 589

     अदिट्ठेa·diṭ·ṭhe अदिट्ठवादिता,a·diṭ·ṭha·vā·di·tā अस्सुतेas·su·te अस्सुतवादिता,as·su·ta·vā·di·tā अमुतेa·mu·te अमुतवादिता,a·mu·ta·vā·di·tā अविञ्ञातेa·viñ·ñā·te अविञ्ञातवादिता।a·viñ·ñā·ta·vā·di·tā

     adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, assute assutavāditā, amute amutavāditā, aviññāte aviññātavāditā.

     (1) saying that one has not seen what one has not seen; (2) saying that one has not heard what one has not heard; (3) saying that one has not sensed what one has not sensed; (4) saying that one has not known what one has not known.

590. 590

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi चत्तारोcat·tā·ro अनरियवोहारा—a·na·ri·ya·vo·hā·rā

     Aparepi cattāro anariyavohārā—

     There are four other kinds of ignoble speech:

591. 591

     दिट्ठेdiṭ·ṭhe अदिट्ठवादिता,a·diṭ·ṭha·vā·di·tā सुतेsu·te अस्सुतवादिता,as·su·ta·vā·di·tā मुतेmu·te अमुतवादिता,a·mu·ta·vā·di·tā विञ्ञातेviñ·ñā·te अविञ्ञातवादिता।a·viñ·ñā·ta·vā·di·tā

     diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, sute assutavāditā, mute amutavāditā, viññāte aviññātavāditā.

     (1) saying that one has not seen what one has seen; (2) saying that one has not heard what one has heard; (3) saying that one has not sensed what one has sensed; (4) saying that one has not known what one has known.

592. 592

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro अरियवोहारा—a·ri·ya·vo·hā·rā

     Cattāro ariyavohārā—

     There are four other kinds of noble speech:

593. 593

     दिट्ठेdiṭ·ṭhe दिट्ठवादिता,diṭ·ṭha·vā·di·tā सुतेsu·te सुतवादिता,su·ta·vā·di·tā मुतेmu·te मुतवादिता,mu·ta·vā·di·tā विञ्ञातेviñ·ñā·te विञ्ञातवादिता।viñ·ñā·ta·vā·di·tā

     diṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, sute sutavāditā, mute mutavāditā, viññāte viññātavāditā.

     (1) saying that one has seen what one has seen; (2) saying that one has heard what one has heard; (3) saying that one has sensed what one has sensed; (4) saying that one has known what one has known.

594. 594

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi साधारणा;sā·dhā·ra·ṇā

     Cattāro pārājikā bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇā;

     The monks have four offenses entailing expulsion in common with the nuns. —

595. 595

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi असाधारणा।a·sā·dhā·ra·ṇā

     cattāro pārājikā bhikkhunīnaṁ bhikkhūhi asādhāraṇā.

     The nuns have four offenses entailing expulsion not in common with the monks.

596. 596

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro परिक्खारा—pa·rik·khā·rā

     Cattāro parikkhārā—

     There are four kinds of requisites:

597. 597

     अत्थिat·thi परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro रक्खितब्बोrak·khi·tab·bo गोपेतब्बोgo·pe·tab·bo ममायितब्बोma·mā·yi·tab·bo परिभुञ्जितब्बो;pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     atthi parikkhāro rakkhitabbo gopetabbo mamāyitabbo paribhuñjitabbo;

     (1) There are requisites that should be guarded, taken as a personal possession, and made use of.

598. 598

     अत्थिat·thi परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro रक्खितब्बोrak·khi·tab·bo गोपेतब्बोgo·pe·tab·bo ममायितब्बो,ma·mā·yi·tab·bo नna परिभुञ्जितब्बो;pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     atthi parikkhāro rakkhitabbo gopetabbo mamāyitabbo, na paribhuñjitabbo;

     (2) There are requisites that should be guarded and made use of, but not taken as a personal possession.

599. 599

     अत्थिat·thi परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro रक्खितब्बोrak·khi·tab·bo गोपेतब्बो,go·pe·tab·bo नna ममायितब्बोma·mā·yi·tab·bo नna परिभुञ्जितब्बो;pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     atthi parikkhāro rakkhitabbo gopetabbo, na mamāyitabbo na paribhuñjitabbo;

     (3) There are requisites that should be guarded, but not taken as a personal possession or made use of.

600. 600

     अत्थिat·thi परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro नna रक्खितब्बोrak·khi·tab·bo नna गोपेतब्बो,go·pe·tab·bo नna ममायितब्बोma·mā·yi·tab·bo नna परिभुञ्जितब्बो।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     atthi parikkhāro na rakkhitabbo na gopetabbo, na mamāyitabbo na paribhuñjitabbo.

     (4) There are requisites that should neither be guarded, nor taken as a personal possession, nor made use of.

601. 601

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सम्मुखाsam·mu·khā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti परम्मुखाpa·ram·mu·khā वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti sammukhā āpajjati, parammukhā vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses one commits in the presence of someone, but clears in their absence.

602. 602

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परम्मुखाpa·ram·mu·khā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सम्मुखाsam·mu·khā वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti parammukhā āpajjati, sammukhā vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses one commits in the absence of someone, but clears in their presence.

603. 603

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सम्मुखाsam·mu·khā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti सम्मुखाsam·mu·khā वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti sammukhā āpajjati, sammukhā vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses one commits in the presence of someone and clears in their presence.

604. 604

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti परम्मुखाpa·ram·mu·khā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti परम्मुखाpa·ram·mu·khā वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti parammukhā āpajjati, parammukhā vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses one commits in the absence of someone and clears in their absence.

605. 605

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अजानन्तोa·jā·nan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti जानन्तोjā·nan·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Atthāpatti ajānanto āpajjati, jānanto vuṭṭhāti;

     (1) There are offenses one commits unknowingly, but clears knowingly.

606. 606

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti जानन्तोjā·nan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अजानन्तोa·jā·nan·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti jānanto āpajjati, ajānanto vuṭṭhāti;

     (2) There are offenses one commits knowingly, but clears unknowingly.

607. 607

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अजानन्तोa·jā·nan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अजानन्तोa·jā·nan·to वुट्ठाति;vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti ajānanto āpajjati, ajānanto vuṭṭhāti;

     (3) There are offenses one commits unknowingly and clears unknowingly.

608. 608

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti जानन्तोjā·nan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti जानन्तोjā·nan·to वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     atthāpatti jānanto āpajjati, jānanto vuṭṭhāti.

     (4) There are offenses one commits knowingly and clears knowingly.

609. 609

     चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति—ā·paj·ja·ti

     Catūhākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati—

     One commits offenses in four ways:

610. 610

     कायेनkā·ye·na आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कम्मवाचायkam·ma·vā·cā·ya आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     kāyena āpajjati, vācāya āpajjati, kāyena vācāya āpajjati, kammavācāya āpajjati.

     by body, by speech, by body and speech, through a legal procedure. —

611. 611

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति—ā·paj·ja·ti

     Aparehipi catūhākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati—

     One commits offenses in four other ways:

612. 612

     सङ्घमज्झे,saṅ·gha·maj·jhe गणमज्झे,ga·ṇa·maj·jhe पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सन्तिके,san·ti·ke लिङ्गपातुभावेन।liṅ·ga·pā·tu·bhā·ve·na

     saṅghamajjhe, gaṇamajjhe, puggalassa santike, liṅgapātubhāvena.

     in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, in the presence of an individual, through the appearance of sexual characteristics. —

613. 613

     चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā वुट्ठाति—vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Catūhākārehi āpattiyā vuṭṭhāti—

     One clears offenses in four ways:

614. 614

     कायेनkā·ye·na वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti कम्मवाचायkam·ma·vā·cā·ya वुट्ठाति।vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     kāyena vuṭṭhāti, vācāya vuṭṭhāti, kāyena vācāya vuṭṭhāti, kammavācāya vuṭṭhāti.

     by body, by speech, by body and speech, through a legal procedure. —

615. 615

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā वुट्ठाति—vuṭ·ṭhā·ti

     Aparehipi catūhākārehi āpattiyā vuṭṭhāti—

     One clears offenses in four other ways:

616. 616

     सङ्घमज्झे,saṅ·gha·maj·jhe गणमज्झे,ga·ṇa·maj·jhe पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सन्तिके,san·ti·ke लिङ्गपातुभावेन।liṅ·ga·pā·tu·bhā·ve·na

     saṅghamajjhe, gaṇamajjhe, puggalassa santike, liṅgapātubhāvena.

     in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, in the presence of an individual, through the appearance of sexual characteristics. —

617. 617

     सहsa·ha पटिलाभेनpa·ṭi·lā·bhe·na पुरिमंpu·ri·maṃ जहति,ja·ha·ti पच्छिमेpac·chi·me पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti विञ्ञत्तियोviñ·ñat·ti·yo पटिप्पस्सम्भन्ति,pa·ṭip·pas·sam·bhan·ti पण्णत्तियोpaṇ·ṇat·ti·yo निरुज्झन्ति।ni·ruj·jhan·ti

     Saha paṭilābhena purimaṁ jahati, pacchime patiṭṭhāti, viññattiyo paṭippassambhanti, paṇṇattiyo nirujjhanti.

     When one gets it: one abandons the former, one is established in the latter, asking for things comes to a stop, rules come to an end. —

618. 618

     सहsa·ha पटिलाभेनpa·ṭi·lā·bhe·na पच्छिमंpac·chi·maṃ जहति,ja·ha·ti पुरिमेpu·ri·me पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti विञ्ञत्तियोviñ·ñat·ti·yo पटिप्पस्सम्भन्ति,pa·ṭip·pas·sam·bhan·ti पण्णत्तियोpaṇ·ṇat·ti·yo निरुज्झन्ति।ni·ruj·jhan·ti

     Saha paṭilābhena pacchimaṁ jahati, purime patiṭṭhāti, viññattiyo paṭippassambhanti, paṇṇattiyo nirujjhanti.

     When one gets it: one abandons the latter, one is established in the former, asking for things comes to a stop, rules come to an end. —

619. 619

     चतस्सोca·tas·so चोदना—co·da·nā

     Catasso codanā—

     There are four kinds of accusing:

620. 620

     सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā चोदेति,co·de·ti आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā चोदेति,co·de·ti दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā चोदेति,co·de·ti आजीवविपत्तियाā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti·yā चोदेति।co·de·ti

     sīlavipattiyā codeti, ācāravipattiyā codeti, diṭṭhivipattiyā codeti, ājīvavipattiyā codeti.

     one accuses someone for failure in morality, one accuses someone for failure in conduct, one accuses someone for failure in view, one accuses someone for failure in livelihood. —

621. 621

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro परिवासा—pa·ri·vā·sā

     Cattāro parivāsā—

     There are four kinds of probation:

622. 622

     पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो,pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so अप्पटिच्छन्नपरिवासो,ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·pa·ri·vā·so सुद्धन्तपरिवासो,sud·dhan·ta·pa·ri·vā·so समोधानपरिवासो।sa·mo·dhā·na·pa·ri·vā·so

     paṭicchannaparivāso, appaṭicchannaparivāso, suddhantaparivāso, samodhānaparivāso.

     probation for concealed offenses, probation for unconcealed offenses, purifying probation, and simultaneous probation. —

623. 623

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro मानत्ता—mā·nat·tā

     Cattāro mānattā—

     There are four kinds of trial periods:

624. 624

     पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं,pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ अप्पटिच्छन्नमानत्तं,ap·pa·ṭic·chan·na·mā·nat·taṃ पक्खमानत्तं,pak·kha·mā·nat·taṃ समोधानमानत्तं।sa·mo·dhā·na·mā·nat·taṃ

     paṭicchannamānattaṁ, appaṭicchannamānattaṁ, pakkhamānattaṁ, samodhānamānattaṁ.

     trial periods for concealed offenses, trial periods for unconcealed offenses, trial periods for a half-month, and simultaneous trial periods. —

625. 625

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro मानत्तचारिकस्सmā·nat·ta·cā·ri·kas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no रत्तिच्छेदा—rat·tic·che·dā

     Cattāro mānattacārikassa bhikkhuno ratticchedā—

     There are four things that stop a monk who is undertaking the trial period from counting a particular day toward his trial period:

626. 626

     सहवासो,sa·ha·vā·so विप्पवासो,vip·pa·vā·so अनारोचना,a·nā·ro·ca·nā ऊनेū·ne गणेga·ṇe चरति।ca·ra·ti

     sahavāso, vippavāso, anārocanā, ūne gaṇe carati.

     he stays in the same room as a regular monk; he stays apart from other monks; he doesn’t inform other monks of his status; he travels without a group. —

627. 627

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सामुक्कंसा।sā·muk·kaṃ·sā

     Cattāro sāmukkaṁsā.

     There are four unique things. —

628. 628

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पटिग्गहितपरिभोगा—pa·ṭig·ga·hi·ta·pa·ri·bho·gā

     Cattāro paṭiggahitaparibhogā—

     There are four things that need to be received:

629. 629

     यावकालिकं,yā·va·kā·li·kaṃ यामकालिकं,yā·ma·kā·li·kaṃ सत्ताहकालिकं,sat·tā·ha·kā·li·kaṃ यावजीविकं।yā·va·jī·vi·kaṃ

     yāvakālikaṁ, yāmakālikaṁ, sattāhakālikaṁ, yāvajīvikaṁ.

     ordinary food, post-midday tonics, seven-day tonics, and lifetime tonics. —

630. 630

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri महाविकटानि—ma·hā·vi·ka·ṭā·ni

     Cattāri mahāvikaṭāni—

     There are four foul edibles:

631. 631

     गूथो,gū·tho मुत्तं,mut·taṃ छारिका,chā·ri·kā मत्तिका।mat·ti·kā

     gūtho, muttaṁ, chārikā, mattikā.

     feces, urine, ash, and clay. —

632. 632

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri कम्मानि—kam·mā·ni

     Cattāri kammāni—

     There are four kinds of legal procedures:

633. 633

     अपलोकनकम्मं,a·pa·lo·ka·na·kam·maṃ ञत्तिकम्मं,ñat·ti·kam·maṃ ञत्तिदुतियकम्मं,ñat·ti·du·ti·ya·kam·maṃ ञत्तिचतुत्थकम्मं।ñat·ti·ca·tut·tha·kam·maṃ

     apalokanakammaṁ, ñattikammaṁ, ñattidutiyakammaṁ, ñatticatutthakammaṁ.

     procedures consisting of getting permission, procedures consisting of one motion, procedures consisting of one motion and one announcement, or procedures consisting of one motion and three announcements. —

634. 634

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi चत्तारिcat·tā·ri कम्मानि—kam·mā·ni

     Aparānipi cattāri kammāni—

     There are four other kinds of legal procedures:

635. 635

     अधम्मेनa·dham·me·na वग्गकम्मं,vag·ga·kam·maṃ अधम्मेनa·dham·me·na समग्गकम्मं,sa·mag·ga·kam·maṃ धम्मेनdham·me·na वग्गकम्मं,vag·ga·kam·maṃ धम्मेनdham·me·na समग्गकम्मं।sa·mag·ga·kam·maṃ

     adhammena vaggakammaṁ, adhammena samaggakammaṁ, dhammena vaggakammaṁ, dhammena samaggakammaṁ.

     illegitimate legal procedures done by an incomplete assembly, illegitimate legal procedures done unanimously, legitimate legal procedures done by an incomplete assembly, and legitimate legal procedures done unanimously. —

636. 636

     चतस्सोca·tas·so विपत्तियो—vi·pat·ti·yo

     Catasso vipattiyo—

     There are four kinds of failure:

637. 637

     सीलविपत्ति,sī·la·vi·pat·ti आचारविपत्ति,ā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti दिट्ठिविपत्ति,diṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti आजीवविपत्ति।ā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti

     sīlavipatti, ācāravipatti, diṭṭhivipatti, ājīvavipatti.

     failure in morality, failure in conduct, failure in view, and failure in livelihood. —

638. 638

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अधिकरणानि—a·dhi·ka·ra·ṇā·ni

     Cattāri adhikaraṇāni—

     There are four kinds of legal issues:

639. 639

     विवादाधिकरणं,vi·vā·dā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ अनुवादाधिकरणं,a·nu·vā·dā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ आपत्ताधिकरणं,ā·pat·tā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ किच्चाधिकरणं।kic·cā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ

     vivādādhikaraṇaṁ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṁ, āpattādhikaraṇaṁ, kiccādhikaraṇaṁ.

     legal issues arising from disputes, legal issues arising from accusations, legal issues arising from offenses, and legal issues arising from business. —

640. 640

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro परिसदूसना—pa·ri·sa·dū·sa·nā

     Cattāro parisadūsanā—

     There are four kinds of people who corrupt a gathering:

641. 641

     भिक्खुbhik·khu दुस्सीलोdus·sī·lo पापधम्मोpā·pa·dham·mo परिसदूसनो,pa·ri·sa·dū·sa·no भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā पापधम्माpā·pa·dham·mā परिसदूसना,pa·ri·sa·dū·sa·nā उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko दुस्सीलोdus·sī·lo पापधम्मोpā·pa·dham·mo परिसदूसनो,pa·ri·sa·dū·sa·no उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā पापधम्माpā·pa·dham·mā परिसदूसना।pa·ri·sa·dū·sa·nā

     bhikkhu dussīlo pāpadhammo parisadūsano, bhikkhunī dussīlā pāpadhammā parisadūsanā, upāsako dussīlo pāpadhammo parisadūsano, upāsikā dussīlā pāpadhammā parisadūsanā.

     an immoral monk with bad qualities, an immoral nun with bad qualities, an immoral male lay follower with bad qualities, an immoral female lay follower with bad qualities. —

642. 642

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro परिससोभना—pa·ri·sa·so·bha·nā

     Cattāro parisasobhanā—

     There are four kinds of people who make a gathering shine:

643. 643

     भिक्खुbhik·khu सीलवाsī·la·vā कल्याणधम्मोkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mo परिससोभनो,pa·ri·sa·so·bha·no भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सीलवतीsī·la·va·tī कल्याणधम्माkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā परिससोभना,pa·ri·sa·so·bha·nā उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko सीलवाsī·la·vā कल्याणधम्मोkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mo परिससोभनो,pa·ri·sa·so·bha·no उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā सीलवतीsī·la·va·tī कल्याणधम्माkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā परिससोभना।pa·ri·sa·so·bha·nā

     bhikkhu sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo parisasobhano, bhikkhunī sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā parisasobhanā, upāsako sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo parisasobhano, upāsikā sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā parisasobhanā.

     a moral monk with good qualities, a moral nun with good qualities, a moral male lay follower with good qualities, a moral female lay follower with good qualities.

644. 644

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आगन्तुकोā·gan·tu·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno आवासिको;ā·vā·si·ko

     Atthāpatti āgantuko āpajjati, no āvāsiko;

     (1) There are offenses committed by new arrivals, not by residents.

645. 645

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आवासिकोā·vā·si·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno आगन्तुको;ā·gan·tu·ko

     atthāpatti āvāsiko āpajjati, no āgantuko;

     (2) There are offenses committed by residents, not by new arrivals.

646. 646

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आगन्तुकोā·gan·tu·ko चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti आवासिकोā·vā·si·ko च;ca

     atthāpatti āgantuko ceva āpajjati āvāsiko ca;

     (3) There are offenses committed both by new arrivals and by residents.

647. 647

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va आगन्तुकोā·gan·tu·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno आवासिको।ā·vā·si·ko

     atthāpatti neva āgantuko āpajjati, no āvāsiko.

     (4) There are offenses committed neither by new arrivals nor by residents.

648. 648

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गमिकोga·mi·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno आवासिको;ā·vā·si·ko

     Atthāpatti gamiko āpajjati, no āvāsiko;

     (1) There are offenses committed by those departing, not by residents.

649. 649

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आवासिकोā·vā·si·ko आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno गमिको;ga·mi·ko

     atthāpatti āvāsiko āpajjati, no gamiko;

     (2) There are offenses committed by residents, not by those departing.

650. 650

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गमिकोga·mi·ko चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti आवासिकोā·vā·si·ko च;ca

     atthāpatti gamiko ceva āpajjati āvāsiko ca;

     (3) There are offenses committed both by those departing and by residents.

651. 651

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va गमिकोga·mi·ko आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno आवासिको।ā·vā·si·ko

     atthāpatti neva gamiko āpajjati no āvāsiko.

     (4) There are offenses committed neither by those departing nor by residents.

652. 652

     अत्थिat·thi वत्थुनानत्तताvat·thu·nā·nat·ta·tā नोno आपत्तिनानत्तता,ā·pat·ti·nā·nat·ta·tā अत्थिat·thi आपत्तिनानत्तताā·pat·ti·nā·nat·ta·tā नोno वत्थुनानत्तता,vat·thu·nā·nat·ta·tā अत्थिat·thi वत्थुनानत्तताvat·thu·nā·nat·ta·tā चेवce·va आपत्तिनानत्तताā·pat·ti·nā·nat·ta·tā च,ca अत्थिat·thi नेवne·va वत्थुनानत्तताvat·thu·nā·nat·ta·tā नोno आपत्तिनानत्तता।ā·pat·ti·nā·nat·ta·tā

     Atthi vatthunānattatā no āpattinānattatā, atthi āpattinānattatā no vatthunānattatā, atthi vatthunānattatā ceva āpattinānattatā ca, atthi neva vatthunānattatā no āpattinānattatā.

     (1) There are rules that have variety in the action that is the basis for the offense, but not in the offense. (2) There are rules that have variety in the offense, but not in the action that is the basis for the offense. (3) There are rules that have variety both in the action that is the basis for the offense and in the offense. (4) There are rules that have variety neither in the action that is the basis for the offense nor in the offense.

653. 653

     अत्थिat·thi वत्थुसभागताvat·thu·sa·bhā·ga·tā नोno आपत्तिसभागता,ā·pat·ti·sa·bhā·ga·tā अत्थिat·thi आपत्तिसभागताā·pat·ti·sa·bhā·ga·tā नोno वत्थुसभागता,vat·thu·sa·bhā·ga·tā अत्थिat·thi वत्थुसभागताvat·thu·sa·bhā·ga·tā चेवce·va आपत्तिसभागताā·pat·ti·sa·bhā·ga·tā चca अत्थिat·thi नेवne·va वत्थुसभागताvat·thu·sa·bhā·ga·tā नोno आपत्तिसभागता।ā·pat·ti·sa·bhā·ga·tā

     Atthi vatthusabhāgatā no āpattisabhāgatā, atthi āpattisabhāgatā no vatthusabhāgatā, atthi vatthusabhāgatā ceva āpattisabhāgatā ca atthi neva vatthusabhāgatā no āpattisabhāgatā.

     (1) There are rules where the action that is the basis for the offense is shared, but not the offense. (2) There are rules where the offense is shared, but not the action that is the basis for the offense. (3) There are rules where both the action that is the basis for the offense and the offense are shared. (4) There are rules where neither the action that is the basis for the offense nor the offense is shared.

654. 654

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti उपज्झायोu·paj·jhā·yo आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno सद्धिविहारिको,sad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·ko अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti सद्धिविहारिकोsad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·ko आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno उपज्झायो,u·paj·jhā·yo अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti उपज्झायोu·paj·jhā·yo चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti सद्धिविहारिकोsad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·ko च,ca अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va उपज्झायोu·paj·jhā·yo आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno सद्धिविहारिको।sad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·ko

     Atthāpatti upajjhāyo āpajjati no saddhivihāriko, atthāpatti saddhivihāriko āpajjati no upajjhāyo, atthāpatti upajjhāyo ceva āpajjati saddhivihāriko ca, atthāpatti neva upajjhāyo āpajjati no saddhivihāriko.

     (1) There are offenses committed by the preceptor, but not the student. (2) There are offenses committed by the student, but not the preceptor. (3) There are offenses committed by both the preceptor and the student. (4) There are offenses committed by neither the preceptor nor the student.

655. 655

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आचरियोā·ca·ri·yo आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तेवासिको,an·te·vā·si·ko अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तेवासिकोan·te·vā·si·ko आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno आचरियो,ā·ca·ri·yo अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti आचरियोā·ca·ri·yo चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti अन्तेवासिकोan·te·vā·si·ko च,ca अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va आचरियोā·ca·ri·yo आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तेवासिको।an·te·vā·si·ko

     Atthāpatti ācariyo āpajjati no antevāsiko, atthāpatti antevāsiko āpajjati no ācariyo, atthāpatti ācariyo ceva āpajjati antevāsiko ca, atthāpatti neva ācariyo āpajjati no antevāsiko.

     (1) There are offenses committed by the teacher, but not the pupil. (2) There are offenses committed by the pupil, but not the teacher. (3) There are offenses committed by both the teacher and the pupil. (4) There are offenses committed by neither the teacher nor the pupil.

656. 656

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पच्चयाpac·ca·yā अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स—vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Cattāro paccayā anāpatti vassacchedassa—

     There is no offense for breaking the rainy-season residence for these four reasons:

657. 657

     सङ्घोsaṅ·gho वाvā भिन्नोbhin·no होति,ho·ti सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ वाvā भिन्दितुकामाbhin·di·tu·kā·mā होन्ति,hon·ti जीवितन्तरायोjī·vi·tan·ta·rā·yo वाvā होति,ho·ti ब्रह्मचरियन्तरायोbrah·ma·ca·ri·yan·ta·rā·yo वाvā होति।ho·ti

     saṅgho vā bhinno hoti, saṅghaṁ vā bhinditukāmā honti, jīvitantarāyo vā hoti, brahmacariyantarāyo vā hoti.

     there is a schism in the Sangha; there are some who want to cause a schism in the Sangha; there is a threat to life; there is a threat to the monastic life. —

658. 658

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri वचीदुच्चरितानि—va·cī·duc·ca·ri·tā·ni

     Cattāri vacīduccaritāni—

     There are four kinds of bad conduct by speech:

659. 659

     मुसावादो,mu·sā·vā·do पिसुणाpi·su·ṇā वाचा,vā·cā फरुसाpha·ru·sā वाचा,vā·cā सम्फप्पलापो।sam·phap·pa·lā·po

     musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo.

     lying, divisive speech, harsh speech, and idle speech. —

660. 660

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri वचीसुचरितानि—va·cī·su·ca·ri·tā·ni

     Cattāri vacīsucaritāni—

     There are four kinds of good conduct by speech:

661. 661

     सच्चवाचा,sac·ca·vā·cā अपिसुणाa·pi·su·ṇā वाचा,vā·cā सण्हाsaṇ·hā वाचा,vā·cā मन्ताman·tā भासा।bhā·sā

     saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantā bhāsā.

     truthful speech, non-divisive speech, gentle speech, and meaningful speech.

662. 662

     अत्थिat·thi आदियन्तोā·di·yan·to गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पयोजेन्तोpa·yo·jen·to लहुकं;la·hu·kaṃ

     Atthi ādiyanto garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, payojento lahukaṁ;

     (1) There are offenses that are serious when taking for oneself, but light when inciting someone else.

663. 663

     अत्थिat·thi आदियन्तोā·di·yan·to लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पयोजेन्तोpa·yo·jen·to गरुकं;ga·ru·kaṃ

     atthi ādiyanto lahukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, payojento garukaṁ;

     (2) There are offenses that are light when taking for oneself, but serious when inciting someone else.

664. 664

     अत्थिat·thi आदियन्तोपिā·di·yan·to·pi पयोजेन्तोपिpa·yo·jen·to·pi गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति;ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthi ādiyantopi payojentopi garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati;

     (3) There are offenses that are serious both when taking for oneself and when inciting someone else.

665. 665

     अत्थिat·thi आदियन्तोपिā·di·yan·to·pi पयोजेन्तोपिpa·yo·jen·to·pi लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     atthi ādiyantopi payojentopi lahukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati.

     (4) There are offenses that are light both when taking for oneself and when inciting someone else.

666. 666

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अभिवादनारहो,a·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho नोno पच्चुट्ठानारहो;pac·cuṭ·ṭhā·nā·ra·ho

     Atthi puggalo abhivādanāraho, no paccuṭṭhānāraho;

     (1) There are people who deserve being bowed down to, but not being stood up for.

667. 667

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo पच्चुट्ठानारहो,pac·cuṭ·ṭhā·nā·ra·ho नोno अभिवादनारहो;a·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho

     atthi puggalo paccuṭṭhānāraho, no abhivādanāraho;

     (2) There are people who deserve being stood up for, but not to being bowed down to.

668. 668

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अभिवादनारहोa·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho चेवce·va पच्चुट्ठानारहोpac·cuṭ·ṭhā·nā·ra·ho च;ca

     atthi puggalo abhivādanāraho ceva paccuṭṭhānāraho ca;

     (3) There are people who deserve both being bowed down to and being stood up for.

669. 669

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo नेवne·va अभिवादनारहोa·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho नोno पच्चुट्ठानारहो।pac·cuṭ·ṭhā·nā·ra·ho

     atthi puggalo neva abhivādanāraho no paccuṭṭhānāraho.

     (4) There are people who deserve neither being bowed down to nor being stood up for.

670. 670

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo आसनारहो,ā·sa·nā·ra·ho नोno अभिवादनारहो;a·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho

     Atthi puggalo āsanāraho, no abhivādanāraho;

     (1) There are people who deserve a seat, but not being bowed down to.

671. 671

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अभिवादनारहो,a·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho नोno आसनारहो;ā·sa·nā·ra·ho

     atthi puggalo abhivādanāraho, no āsanāraho;

     (2) There are people who deserve being bowed down to, but not a seat.

672. 672

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo आसनारहोā·sa·nā·ra·ho चेवce·va अभिवादनारहोa·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho च;ca

     atthi puggalo āsanāraho ceva abhivādanāraho ca;

     (3) There are people who deserve both a seat and being bowed down to.

673. 673

     अत्थिat·thi पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo नेवne·va आसनारहोā·sa·nā·ra·ho नोno अभिवादनारहो।a·bhi·vā·da·nā·ra·ho

     atthi puggalo neva āsanāraho no abhivādanāraho.

     (4) There are people who deserve neither a seat nor being bowed down to.

674. 674

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कालेkā·le आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno विकाले;vi·kā·le

     Atthāpatti kāle āpajjati, no vikāle;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits at the right time, not at the wrong time.

675. 675

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti विकालेvi·kā·le आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno काले;kā·le

     atthāpatti vikāle āpajjati, no kāle;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits at the wrong time, not at the right time.

676. 676

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti कालेkā·le चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti विकालेvi·kā·le च;ca

     atthāpatti kāle ceva āpajjati vikāle ca;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both at the right time and at the wrong time.

677. 677

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va कालेkā·le आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno विकाले।vi·kā·le

     atthāpatti neva kāle āpajjati no vikāle.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits neither at the right time nor at the wrong time.

678. 678

     अत्थिat·thi पटिग्गहितंpa·ṭig·ga·hi·taṃ कालेkā·le कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno विकाले;vi·kā·le

     Atthi paṭiggahitaṁ kāle kappati, no vikāle;

     (1) There are things that when received are allowable at the right time, but not at the wrong time.

679. 679

     अत्थिat·thi पटिग्गहितंpa·ṭig·ga·hi·taṃ विकालेvi·kā·le कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno काले;kā·le

     atthi paṭiggahitaṁ vikāle kappati, no kāle;

     (2) There are things that when received are allowable at the wrong time, but not at the right time.

680. 680

     अत्थिat·thi पटिग्गहितंpa·ṭig·ga·hi·taṃ कालेkā·le चेवce·va कप्पतिkap·pa·ti विकालेvi·kā·le च;ca

     atthi paṭiggahitaṁ kāle ceva kappati vikāle ca;

     (3) There are things that when received are allowable both at the right time and at the wrong time.

681. 681

     अत्थिat·thi पटिग्गहितंpa·ṭig·ga·hi·taṃ नेवne·va कालेkā·le कप्पतिkap·pa·ti नोno विकाले।vi·kā·le

     atthi paṭiggahitaṁ neva kāle kappati no vikāle.

     (4) There are things that when received are allowable neither at the right time nor at the wrong time.

682. 682

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno मज्झिमेसु;maj·jhi·me·su

     Atthāpatti paccantimesu janapadesu āpajjati, no majjhimesu;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits outside the central Ganges plain, but not within it.

683. 683

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti मज्झिमेसुmaj·jhi·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno पच्चन्तिमेसु;pac·can·ti·me·su

     atthāpatti majjhimesu janapadesu āpajjati, no paccantimesu;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits within the central Ganges plain, but not outside it.

684. 684

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su चेवce·va जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti मज्झिमेसुmaj·jhi·me·su च;ca

     atthāpatti paccantimesu ceva janapadesu āpajjati majjhimesu ca;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both outside the central Ganges plain and within it.

685. 685

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno मज्झिमेसु।maj·jhi·me·su

     atthāpatti neva paccantimesu janapadesu āpajjati no majjhimesu.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits neither outside the central Ganges plain nor within it.

686. 686

     अत्थिat·thi पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno मज्झिमेसु;maj·jhi·me·su

     Atthi paccantimesu janapadesu kappati, no majjhimesu;

     (1) There are things that are allowable outside the central Ganges plain, but not within it.

687. 687

     अत्थिat·thi मज्झिमेसुmaj·jhi·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su कप्पति,kap·pa·ti नोno पच्चन्तिमेसु;pac·can·ti·me·su

     atthi majjhimesu janapadesu kappati, no paccantimesu;

     (2) There are things that are allowable within the central Ganges plain, but not outside of it.

688. 688

     अत्थिat·thi पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su चेवce·va जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su कप्पतिkap·pa·ti मज्झिमेसुmaj·jhi·me·su च;ca

     atthi paccantimesu ceva janapadesu kappati majjhimesu ca;

     (3) There are things that are allowable both outside the central Ganges plain and within it.

689. 689

     अत्थिat·thi नेवne·va पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su कप्पतिkap·pa·ti नोno मज्झिमेसु।maj·jhi·me·su

     atthi neva paccantimesu janapadesu kappati no majjhimesu.

     (4) There are things that are allowable neither outside the central Ganges plain nor within it.

690. 690

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोan·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहि;ba·hi

     Atthāpatti anto āpajjati, no bahi;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits inside, but not outside.

691. 691

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बहिba·hi आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तो;an·to

     atthāpatti bahi āpajjati, no anto;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits outside, but not inside.

692. 692

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोan·to चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti बहिba·hi च;ca

     atthāpatti anto ceva āpajjati bahi ca;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both inside and outside.

693. 693

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va अन्तोan·to आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहि।ba·hi

     atthāpatti neva anto āpajjati no bahi.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits neither inside nor outside.

694. 694

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोसीमायan·to·sī·mā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहिसीमाय;ba·hi·sī·mā·ya

     Atthāpatti antosīmāya āpajjati, no bahisīmāya;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits inside the monastery zone, not outside.

695. 695

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti बहिसीमायba·hi·sī·mā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अन्तोसीमाय;an·to·sī·mā·ya

     atthāpatti bahisīmāya āpajjati, no antosīmāya;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits outside the monastery zone, not inside.

696. 696

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अन्तोसीमायan·to·sī·mā·ya चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti बहिसीमायba·hi·sī·mā·ya च;ca

     atthāpatti antosīmāya ceva āpajjati bahisīmāya ca;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both inside and outside the monastery zone.

697. 697

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va अन्तोसीमायan·to·sī·mā·ya आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno बहिसीमाय।ba·hi·sī·mā·ya

     atthāpatti neva antosīmāya āpajjati no bahisīmāya.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits neither inside nor outside the monastery zone.

698. 698

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गामेgā·me आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अरञ्ञे;a·rañ·ñe

     Atthāpatti gāme āpajjati, no araññe;

     (1) There are offenses that one commits in inhabited areas, not in the wilderness.

699. 699

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno गामे;gā·me

     atthāpatti araññe āpajjati, no gāme;

     (2) There are offenses that one commits in the wilderness, not in inhabited areas.

700. 700

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गामेgā·me चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe च;ca

     atthāpatti gāme ceva āpajjati araññe ca;

     (3) There are offenses that one commits both in inhabited areas and in the wilderness.

701. 701

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va गामेgā·me आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno अरञ्ञे।a·rañ·ñe

     atthāpatti neva gāme āpajjati no araññe.

     (4) There are offenses that one commits neither in inhabited areas nor in the wilderness.

702. 702

     चतस्सोca·tas·so चोदना—co·da·nā

     Catasso codanā—

     There are four kinds of accusing:

703. 703

     वत्थुसन्दस्सना,vat·thu·san·das·sa·nā आपत्तिसन्दस्सना,ā·pat·ti·san·das·sa·nā संवासपटिक्खेपो,saṃ·vā·sa·pa·ṭik·khe·po सामीचिपटिक्खेपो।sā·mī·ci·pa·ṭik·khe·po

     vatthusandassanā, āpattisandassanā, saṁvāsapaṭikkhepo, sāmīcipaṭikkhepo.

     pointing out the action that is the basis for an offense, pointing out the offense, refusing to live together, refusing to act respectfully. —

704. 704

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पुब्बकिच्चा।pub·ba·kic·cā

     Cattāro pubbakiccā.

     There are four kinds of preliminary actions. —

705. 705

     चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पत्तकल्ला।pat·ta·kal·lā

     Cattāro pattakallā.

     There are four kinds of readiness. —

706. 706

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अनञ्ञपाचित्तियानि।a·nañ·ña·pā·cit·ti·yā·ni

     Cattāri anaññapācittiyāni.

     There are four offenses entailing confession concerning “no other”. —

707. 707

     चतस्सोca·tas·so भिक्खुसम्मुतियो।bhik·khu·sam·mu·ti·yo

     Catasso bhikkhusammutiyo.

     There are four kinds of approval from the monks. —

708. 708

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अगतिगमनानि—a·ga·ti·ga·ma·nā·ni

     Cattāri agatigamanāni—

     There are four ways of acting that are wrong:

709. 709

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     one is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

710. 710

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri नागतिगमनानि—nā·ga·ti·ga·ma·nā·ni

     Cattāri nāgatigamanāni—

     There are four ways of acting that are not wrong:

711. 711

     नna छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti नna दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti नna मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti नna भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     na chandāgatiṁ gacchati, na dosāgatiṁ gacchati, na mohāgatiṁ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     one is not biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

712. 712

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to अलज्जीa·laj·jī भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ भिन्दति—bhin·da·ti

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgato alajjī bhikkhu saṅghaṁ bhindati—

     When a shameless monk has four qualities, he causes a schism in the Sangha:

713. 713

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो।gac·chan·to

     chandāgatiṁ gacchanto, dosāgatiṁ gacchanto, mohāgatiṁ gacchanto, bhayāgatiṁ gacchanto.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

714. 714

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to पेसलोpe·sa·lo भिक्खुbhik·khu भिन्नंbhin·naṃ सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ समग्गंsa·mag·gaṃ करोति—ka·ro·ti

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgato pesalo bhikkhu bhinnaṁ saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ karoti—

     When a good monk has four qualities, he unites a divided Sangha:

715. 715

     नna छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to नna दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to नna मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो,gac·chan·to नna भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छन्तो।gac·chan·to

     na chandāgatiṁ gacchanto, na dosāgatiṁ gacchanto, na mohāgatiṁ gacchanto, na bhayāgatiṁ gacchanto.

     he is not biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

716. 716

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no विनयोvi·na·yo नna पुच्छितब्बो—puc·chi·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno vinayo na pucchitabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, he should not be asked about the Monastic Law:

717. 717

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

718. 718

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विनयोvi·na·yo नna पुच्छितब्बो—puc·chi·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā vinayo na pucchitabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, he should not ask about the Monastic Law:

719. 719

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

720. 720

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no विनयोvi·na·yo नna विस्सज्जेतब्बो—vis·saj·je·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno vinayo na vissajjetabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, his questions about the Monastic Law should not be replied to:

721. 721

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

722. 722

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विनयोvi·na·yo नna विस्सज्जेतब्बो—vis·saj·je·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā vinayo na vissajjetabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, he should not reply to questions about the Monastic Law:

723. 723

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

724. 724

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतस्सsa·man·nā·ga·tas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अनुयोगोa·nu·yo·go नna दातब्बो—dā·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno anuyogo na dātabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, he should not be allowed to ask questions:

725. 725

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

726. 726

     चतूहङ्गेहिca·tū·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ विनयोvi·na·yo नna साकच्छितब्बो—sā·kac·chi·tab·bo

     Catūhaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ vinayo na sākacchitabbo—

     When a monk has four qualities, you should not discuss the Monastic Law with him:

727. 727

     छन्दागतिंchan·dā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti दोसागतिंdo·sā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti मोहागतिंmo·hā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति,gac·cha·ti भयागतिंbha·yā·ga·tiṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     chandāgatiṁ gacchati, dosāgatiṁ gacchati, mohāgatiṁ gacchati, bhayāgatiṁ gacchati.

     he is biased by desire, ill will, confusion, or fear. —

728. 728

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गिलानोgi·lā·no आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno अगिलानो;a·gi·lā·no

     Atthāpatti gilāno āpajjati, no agilāno;

     There are offenses that one commits when sick, not when not sick;

729. 729

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti नोno गिलानो;gi·lā·no

     atthāpatti agilāno āpajjati, no gilāno;

     there are offenses that one commits when not sick, not when sick;

730. 730

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti गिलानोgi·lā·no चेवce·va आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no च;ca

     atthāpatti gilāno ceva āpajjati agilāno ca;

     there are offenses that one commits both when sick and when not sick;

731. 731

     अत्थापत्तिat·thā·pat·ti नेवne·va गिलानोgi·lā·no आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti नोno अगिलानो।a·gi·lā·no

     atthāpatti neva gilāno āpajjati no agilāno.

     there are offenses that one commits neither when sick nor when not sick. —

732. 732

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Cattāri adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are four kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

733. 733

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Cattāri dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are four kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.

734. 734

     चतुक्कंca·tuk·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

     Catukkaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

     The section on fours is finished.

735. 735

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

736. 736

     सकवाचायsa·ka·vā·cā·ya कायेन,kā·ye·na

     Sakavācāya kāyena,

     “Through one’s own speech, by body,

737. 737

     पसुत्तोpa·sut·to चca अचित्तको;a·cit·ta·ko

     pasutto ca acittako;

     While sleeping, unintentionally;

738. 738

     आपज्जन्तोā·paj·jan·to चca कम्मेन,kam·me·na

     Āpajjanto ca kammena,

     And while committing, through action,

739. 739

     वोहाराvo·hā·rā चतुरोca·tu·ro तथा।ta·thā

     vohārā caturo tathā.

     And so four on speech.

740. 740

     भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ भिक्खुनीनञ्च,bhik·khu·nī·nañ·ca

     Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca,

     The monks have, and the nuns have,

741. 741

     परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro चca सम्मुखा;sam·mu·khā

     parikkhāro ca sammukhā;

     And requisite, in the presence of;

742. 742

     अजानकायेa·jā·na·kā·ye मज्झेmaj·jhe च,ca

     Ajānakāye majjhe ca,

     Unknowingly, by body, and in the midst of,

743. 743

     वुट्ठातिvuṭ·ṭhā·ti दुविधाdu·vi·dhā तथा।ta·thā

     vuṭṭhāti duvidhā tathā.

     And so twofold on clears.

744. 744

     पटिलाभेनpa·ṭi·lā·bhe·na चोदना,co·da·nā

     Paṭilābhena codanā,

     When one gets it, accusing,

745. 745

     परिवासाpa·ri·vā·sā चca वुच्चति;vuc·ca·ti

     parivāsā ca vuccati;

     And it is called probation;

746. 746

     मानत्तचारिकाmā·nat·ta·cā·ri·kā चापि,cā·pi

     Mānattacārikā cāpi,

     Trial period, and also undertaking,

747. 747

     सामुक्कंसाsā·muk·kaṃ·sā पटिग्गहि।pa·ṭig·ga·hi

     sāmukkaṁsā paṭiggahi.

     Unique things, received.

748. 748

     महाविकटकम्मानि,ma·hā·vi·ka·ṭa·kam·mā·ni

     Mahāvikaṭakammāni,

     Foul edibles, legal procedures,

749. 749

     पुनpu·na कम्मेkam·me विपत्तियो;vi·pat·ti·yo

     puna kamme vipattiyo;

     Again legal procedures, failures;

750. 750

     अधिकरणाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇā दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā च,ca

     Adhikaraṇā dussīlā ca,

     Legal issues, and immoral ones,

751. 751

     सोभनागन्तुकेनso·bha·nā·gan·tu·ke·na च।ca

     sobhanāgantukena ca.

     Shining, and by a new arrival.

752. 752

     गमिकोga·mi·ko वत्थुनानत्ता,vat·thu·nā·nat·tā

     Gamiko vatthunānattā,

     One departing, variety in the action,

753. 753

     सभागुपज्झायेनsa·bhā·gu·paj·jhā·ye·na च;ca

     sabhāgupajjhāyena ca;

     Shared, and with preceptor;

754. 754

     आचरियोā·ca·ri·yo पच्चयाpac·ca·yā वा,vā

     Ācariyo paccayā vā,

     Teacher, or reasons,

755. 755

     दुच्चरितंduc·ca·ri·taṃ सुचरितं।su·ca·ri·taṃ

     duccaritaṁ sucaritaṁ.

     Bad conduct, good conduct.

756. 756

     आदियन्तोā·di·yan·to पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo च,ca

     Ādiyanto puggalo ca,

     Taking for oneself, and people,

757. 757

     अरहोa·ra·ho आसनेनā·sa·ne·na च;ca

     araho āsanena ca;

     Who deserves a seat;

758. 758

     कालेkā·le चca कप्पतिkap·pa·ti चेव,ce·va

     Kāle ca kappati ceva,

     And at the right time, and it is allowable,

759. 759

     पच्चन्तिमेसुpac·can·ti·me·su कप्पति।kap·pa·ti

     paccantimesu kappati.

     Outside the central Ganges plain, allowable.

760. 760

     अन्तोan·to अन्तोan·to चca सीमाय,sī·mā·ya

     Anto anto ca sīmāya,

     Inside, and inside the monastery zone,

761. 761

     गामेgā·me चca चोदनायco·da·nā·ya च;ca

     gāme ca codanāya ca;

     And in an inhabited area, and with accusing;

762. 762

     पुब्बकिच्चंpub·ba·kic·caṃ पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ

     Pubbakiccaṁ pattakallaṁ,

     Preliminary action, readiness,

763. 763

     अनञ्ञाa·nañ·ñā सम्मुतियोsam·mu·ti·yo च।ca

     anaññā sammutiyo ca.

     ‘No other’, and approvals.

764. 764

     अगतिa·ga·ti नागतिnā·ga·ti चेव,ce·va

     Agati nāgati ceva,

     Wrong acting, and not wrong acting,

765. 765

     अलज्जीa·laj·jī पेसलेनpe·sa·le·na च;ca

     alajjī pesalena ca;

     Shameless, and with good;

766. 766

     पुच्छितब्बाpuc·chi·tab·bā दुवेdu·ve चेव,ce·va

     Pucchitabbā duve ceva,

     And two on should be asked,

767. 767

     विस्सज्जेय्याvis·saj·jey·yā तथाta·thā दुवे;du·ve

     vissajjeyyā tathā duve;

     And another two on should reply;

768. 768

     अनुयोगोa·nu·yo·go चca साकच्छा,sā·kac·chā

     Anuyogo ca sākacchā,

     And question, discussion,

769. 769

     गिलानोgi·lā·no ठपनेनṭha·pa·ne·na चाति।cā·ti

     gilāno ṭhapanena cāti.

     Sick, and with cancellation.”

770. 770

     5। पञ्चकवारpañ·ca·ka·vā·ra

     5. Pañcakavāra

     5. The section on fives

771. 771

     पञ्चpañ·ca आपत्तियो।ā·pat·ti·yo

     Pañca āpattiyo.

     “There are five kinds of offenses. —

772. 772

     पञ्चpañ·ca आपत्तिक्खन्धा।ā·pat·tik·khan·dhā

     Pañca āpattikkhandhā.

     There are five classes of offenses. —

773. 773

     पञ्चpañ·ca विनीतवत्थूनि।vi·nī·ta·vat·thū·ni

     Pañca vinītavatthūni.

     There are five grounds of training. —

774. 774

     पञ्चpañ·ca कम्मानिkam·mā·ni आनन्तरिकानि।ā·nan·ta·ri·kā·ni

     Pañca kammāni ānantarikāni.

     There are five kinds of actions with results in the next life. —

775. 775

     पञ्चpañ·ca पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā नियता।ni·ya·tā

     Pañca puggalā niyatā.

     There are five kinds of people with fixed rebirth. —

776. 776

     पञ्चpañ·ca छेदनकाche·da·na·kā आपत्तियो।ā·pat·ti·yo

     Pañca chedanakā āpattiyo.

     There are five offenses involving cutting. —

777. 777

     पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Pañcahākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati.

     There are five reasons for committing an offense. —

778. 778

     पञ्चpañ·ca आपत्तियो।ā·pat·ti·yo

     Pañca āpattiyo.

     There are five kinds of offenses because of lying.

779. 779

     मुसावादपच्चयाmu·sā·vā·da·pac·ca·yā पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi कम्मंkam·maṃ नna उपेति—u·pe·ti

     Musāvādapaccayā pañcahākārehi kammaṁ na upeti—

     There are five reasons why a legal procedure is invalid:

780. 780

     सयंsa·yaṃ वाvā कम्मंkam·maṃ नna करोति,ka·ro·ti परंpa·raṃ वाvā नna अज्झेसति,aj·jhe·sa·ti छन्दंchan·daṃ वाvā पारिसुद्धिंpā·ri·sud·dhiṃ वाvā नna देति,de·ti कयिरमानेka·yi·ra·mā·ne कम्मेkam·me पटिक्कोसति,pa·ṭik·ko·sa·ti कतेka·te वाvā पनpa·na कम्मेkam·me अधम्मदिट्ठिa·dham·ma·diṭ·ṭhi होति।ho·ti

     sayaṁ vā kammaṁ na karoti, paraṁ vā na ajjhesati, chandaṁ vā pārisuddhiṁ vā na deti, kayiramāne kamme paṭikkosati, kate vā pana kamme adhammadiṭṭhi hoti.

     (1) one does not do the legal procedure oneself; (2) one does not request someone else; (3) one does not give one’s consent or declare one’s purity; (4) one objects while the legal procedure is being carried out; or (5) one has the view that the completed legal procedure is illegitimate.

781. 781

     पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi कम्मंkam·maṃ उपेति—u·pe·ti

     Pañcahākārehi kammaṁ upeti—

     There are five reasons why a legal procedure is valid:

782. 782

     सयंsa·yaṃ वाvā कम्मंkam·maṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti परंpa·raṃ वाvā अज्झेसति,aj·jhe·sa·ti छन्दंchan·daṃ वाvā पारिसुद्धिंpā·ri·sud·dhiṃ वाvā देति,de·ti कयिरमानेka·yi·ra·mā·ne कम्मेkam·me नप्पटिक्कोसति,nap·pa·ṭik·ko·sa·ti कतेka·te वाvā पनpa·na कम्मेkam·me धम्मदिट्ठिdham·ma·diṭ·ṭhi होति।ho·ti

     sayaṁ vā kammaṁ karoti, paraṁ vā ajjhesati, chandaṁ vā pārisuddhiṁ vā deti, kayiramāne kamme nappaṭikkosati, kate vā pana kamme dhammadiṭṭhi hoti.

     (1) one does the legal procedure oneself; (2) one requests someone else; (3) one gives one’s consent or declares one’s purity; (4) one does not object while the legal procedure is being carried out; or (5) one has the view that the completed legal procedure is legitimate.

783. 783

     पञ्चpañ·ca पिण्डपातिकस्सpiṇ·ḍa·pā·ti·kas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कप्पन्ति—kap·pan·ti

     Pañca piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno kappanti—

     There are five things that are allowable for a monk who only eats almsfood:

784. 784

     अनामन्तचारो,a·nā·man·ta·cā·ro गणभोजनं,ga·ṇa·bho·ja·naṃ परम्परभोजनं,pa·ram·pa·ra·bho·ja·naṃ अनधिट्ठानं,a·na·dhiṭ·ṭhā·naṃ अविकप्पना।a·vi·kap·pa·nā

     anāmantacāro, gaṇabhojanaṁ, paramparabhojanaṁ, anadhiṭṭhānaṁ, avikappanā.

     (1) visiting families before or after a meal invitation, (2) eating in a group, (3) eating a meal before another, (4) non-determination, (5) non-assignment to another.

785. 785

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu उस्सङ्कितपरिसङ्कितोus·saṅ·ki·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति—ho·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti—

     When a monk has five qualities, whether he is a bad monk or firm in morality, he is suspected and mistrusted:

786. 786

     पापभिक्खुपिpā·pa·bhik·khu·pi अकुप्पधम्मोपिa·kup·pa·dham·mo·pi वेसियागोचरोve·si·yā·go·ca·ro वाvā होति,ho·ti विधवागोचरोvi·dha·vā·go·ca·ro वाvā होति,ho·ti थुल्लकुमारिगोचरोthul·la·ku·mā·ri·go·ca·ro वाvā होति,ho·ti पण्डकगोचरोpaṇ·ḍa·ka·go·ca·ro वाvā होति,ho·ti भिक्खुनिगोचरोbhik·khu·ni·go·ca·ro वाvā होति।ho·ti

     pāpabhikkhupi akuppadhammopi vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārigocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti.

     he regularly associates with sex workers, widows, single women, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>, or nuns. —

787. 787

     पञ्चpañ·ca तेलानि—te·lā·ni

     Pañca telāni—

     There are five kinds of oil:

788. 788

     तिलतेलं,ti·la·te·laṃ सासपतेलं,sā·sa·pa·te·laṃ मधुकतेलं,ma·dhu·ka·te·laṃ एरण्डकतेलं,e·raṇ·ḍa·ka·te·laṃ वसातेलं।va·sā·te·laṃ

     tilatelaṁ, sāsapatelaṁ, madhukatelaṁ, eraṇḍakatelaṁ, vasātelaṁ.

     sesame oil, mustard oil, honey-tree oil, castor oil, and oil from fat. —

789. 789

     पञ्चpañ·ca वसानि—va·sā·ni

     Pañca vasāni—

     There are five kinds of fat:

790. 790

     अच्छवसं,ac·cha·va·saṃ मच्छवसं,mac·cha·va·saṃ सुसुकावसं,su·su·kā·va·saṃ सूकरवसं,sū·ka·ra·va·saṃ गद्रभवसं।gad·ra·bha·va·saṃ

     acchavasaṁ, macchavasaṁ, susukāvasaṁ, sūkaravasaṁ, gadrabhavasaṁ.

     bear fat, fish fat, alligator fat, pig fat, and donkey fat. —

791. 791

     पञ्चpañ·ca ब्यसनानि—bya·sa·nā·ni

     Pañca byasanāni—

     There are five kinds of losses:

792. 792

     ञातिब्यसनं,ñā·tib·ya·sa·naṃ भोगब्यसनं,bho·gab·ya·sa·naṃ रोगब्यसनं,ro·gab·ya·sa·naṃ सीलब्यसनं,sī·lab·ya·sa·naṃ दिट्ठिब्यसनं।diṭ·ṭhib·ya·sa·naṃ

     ñātibyasanaṁ, bhogabyasanaṁ, rogabyasanaṁ, sīlabyasanaṁ, diṭṭhibyasanaṁ.

     loss of relatives, loss of property, loss of health, loss of morality, and loss of view. —

793. 793

     पञ्चpañ·ca सम्पदा—sam·pa·dā

     Pañca sampadā—

     There are five kinds of successes:

794. 794

     ञातिसम्पदा,ñā·ti·sam·pa·dā भोगसम्पदा,bho·ga·sam·pa·dā अरोगसम्पदा,a·ro·ga·sam·pa·dā सीलसम्पदा,sī·la·sam·pa·dā दिट्ठिसम्पदा।diṭ·ṭhi·sam·pa·dā

     ñātisampadā, bhogasampadā, arogasampadā, sīlasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā.

     success in relatives, success in property, success in health, success in morality, and success in view.

795. 795

     पञ्चpañ·ca निस्सयपटिप्पस्सद्धियोnis·sa·ya·pa·ṭip·pas·sad·dhi·yo उपज्झायम्हा—u·paj·jhā·yam·hā

     Pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā—

     There are five reasons why the formal support from a preceptor comes to an end:

796. 796

     उपज्झायोu·paj·jhā·yo पक्कन्तोpak·kan·to वाvā होति,ho·ti विब्भन्तोvib·bhan·to वा,vā कालङ्कतोkā·laṅ·ka·to वा,vā पक्खसङ्कन्तोpak·kha·saṅ·kan·to वा,vā आणत्तियेवā·ṇat·ti·ye·va पञ्चमी।pañ·ca·mī

     upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī.

     (1) the preceptor goes away; (2) the preceptor disrobes; (3) the preceptor dies; (4) the preceptor joins another religion or sect; or (5) the preceptor says so.

797. 797

     पञ्चpañ·ca पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बा—u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·bā

     Pañca puggalā na upasampādetabbā—

     There are five kinds of people who should not be given the full ordination:

798. 798

     अद्धानहीनो,ad·dhā·na·hī·no अङ्गहीनो,aṅ·ga·hī·no वत्थुविपन्नो,vat·thu·vi·pan·no करणदुक्कटको,ka·ra·ṇa·duk·ka·ṭa·ko अपरिपूरो।a·pa·ri·pū·ro

     addhānahīno, aṅgahīno, vatthuvipanno, karaṇadukkaṭako, aparipūro.

     (1) one lacking in age, (2) one lacking in limbs, (3) one who is deficient as object, (4) one who has acted wrongly, (5) one who is incomplete.

799. 799

     पञ्चpañ·ca पंसुकूलानि—paṃ·su·kū·lā·ni

     Pañca paṁsukūlāni—

     There are five kinds of rags:

800. 800

     सोसानिकं,so·sā·ni·kaṃ पापणिकं,pā·pa·ṇi·kaṃ उन्दूरक्खायिकं,un·dū·rak·khā·yi·kaṃ उपचिकक्खायिकं,u·pa·ci·kak·khā·yi·kaṃ अग्गिदड्ढं।ag·gi·daḍ·ḍhaṃ

     sosānikaṁ, pāpaṇikaṁ, undūrakkhāyikaṁ, upacikakkhāyikaṁ, aggidaḍḍhaṁ.

     (1) those from a charnel ground, (2) those from a shop, (3) those eaten by rats, (4) those eaten by termites, (5) those burned by fire.

801. 801

     अपरानिपिa·pa·rā·ni·pi पञ्चpañ·ca पंसुकूलानि—paṃ·su·kū·lā·ni

     Aparānipi pañca paṁsukūlāni—

     There are five other kinds of rags:

802. 802

     गोखायिकं,go·khā·yi·kaṃ अजक्खायिकं,a·jak·khā·yi·kaṃ थूपचीवरं,thū·pa·cī·va·raṃ आभिसेकिकं,ā·bhi·se·ki·kaṃ गतपटियागतं।ga·ta·pa·ṭi·yā·ga·taṃ

     gokhāyikaṁ, ajakkhāyikaṁ, thūpacīvaraṁ, ābhisekikaṁ, gatapaṭiyāgataṁ.

     (1) those chewed by cattle, (2) those chewed by goats, (3) those left at a stupa, (4) those discarded from a king’s consecration, (5) those taken to and then brought back from a charnel ground.

803. 803

     पञ्चpañ·ca अवहारा—a·va·hā·rā

     Pañca avahārā—

     There are five kinds of removing:

804. 804

     थेय्यावहारो,they·yā·va·hā·ro पसय्हावहारो,pa·say·hā·va·hā·ro परिकप्पावहारो,pa·ri·kap·pā·va·hā·ro पटिच्छन्नावहारो,pa·ṭic·chan·nā·va·hā·ro कुसावहारो।ku·sā·va·hā·ro

     theyyāvahāro, pasayhāvahāro, parikappāvahāro, paṭicchannāvahāro, kusāvahāro.

     removing by theft, removing by force, removing dependent on conditions, removing by concealing, removing by drawing lots. —

805. 805

     पञ्चpañ·ca महाचोराma·hā·co·rā सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानाsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·nā लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

     Pañca mahācorā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.

     There are five notorious gangsters to be found in the world. —

806. 806

     पञ्चpañ·ca अविस्सज्जनियानि।a·vis·saj·ja·ni·yā·ni

     Pañca avissajjaniyāni.

     There are five things not to be given away. —

807. 807

     पञ्चpañ·ca अवेभङ्गियानि।a·ve·bhaṅ·gi·yā·ni

     Pañca avebhaṅgiyāni.

     There are five things not to be distributed. —

808. 808

     पञ्चापत्तियोpañ·cā·pat·ti·yo कायतोkā·ya·to समुट्ठन्ति,sa·muṭ·ṭhan·ti नna वाचतोvā·ca·to नna चित्ततो।cit·ta·to

     Pañcāpattiyo kāyato samuṭṭhanti, na vācato na cittato.

     There are five kinds of offenses that originate from body, not from speech and mind. —

809. 809

     पञ्चापत्तियोpañ·cā·pat·ti·yo कायतोkā·ya·to चca वाचतोvā·ca·to चca समुट्ठन्ति,sa·muṭ·ṭhan·ti नna चित्ततो।cit·ta·to

     Pañcāpattiyo kāyato ca vācato ca samuṭṭhanti, na cittato.

     There are five kinds of offenses that originate from body and speech, not from mind. —

810. 810

     पञ्चापत्तियोpañ·cā·pat·ti·yo देसनागामिनियो।de·sa·nā·gā·mi·ni·yo

     Pañcāpattiyo desanāgāminiyo.

     There are five kinds of offenses that are confessable. —

811. 811

     पञ्चpañ·ca सङ्घा।saṅ·ghā

     Pañca saṅghā.

     There are five kinds of sangha. —

812. 812

     पञ्चpañ·ca पातिमोक्खुद्देसा।pā·ti·mok·khud·de·sā

     Pañca pātimokkhuddesā.

     There are five ways of reciting the Monastic Code. —

813. 813

     सब्बपच्चन्तिमेसुsab·ba·pac·can·ti·me·su जनपदेसुja·na·pa·de·su विनयधरपञ्चमेनvi·na·ya·dha·ra·pañ·ca·me·na गणेनga·ṇe·na उपसम्पादेतब्बं।u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ

     Sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampādetabbaṁ.

     Outside the central Ganges plain, the full ordination is to be given by a group of five, including one expert on the Monastic Law. —

814. 814

     पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā कथिनत्थारे।ka·thi·nat·thā·re

     Pañcānisaṁsā kathinatthāre.

     There are five benefits of performing the robe-making ceremony. —

815. 815

     पञ्चpañ·ca कम्मानि।kam·mā·ni

     Pañca kammāni.

     There are five kinds of legal procedures. —

816. 816

     यावततियकेyā·va·ta·ti·ya·ke पञ्चpañ·ca आपत्तियो।ā·pat·ti·yo

     Yāvatatiyake pañca āpattiyo.

     There are five ‘for the third time’ offenses. —

817. 817

     पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Pañcahākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     When five factors are fulfilled, there is an offense entailing expulsion for one who steals. —

818. 818

     पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Pañcahākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

     When five factors are fulfilled, there is a serious offense for one who steals. —

819. 819

     पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcahākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     When five factors are fulfilled, there is an offense of wrong conduct for one who steals. —

820. 820

     पञ्चpañ·ca अकप्पियानिa·kap·pi·yā·ni नna परिभुञ्जितब्बानि—pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bā·ni

     Pañca akappiyāni na paribhuñjitabbāni—

     There are five unallowable things that should not be used:

821. 821

     अदिन्नञ्चa·din·nañ·ca होति,ho·ti अविदितञ्चa·vi·di·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti अकप्पियञ्चa·kap·pi·yañ·ca होति,ho·ti अप्पटिग्गहितञ्चap·pa·ṭig·ga·hi·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti अकतातिरित्तञ्चa·ka·tā·ti·rit·tañ·ca होति।ho·ti

     adinnañca hoti, aviditañca hoti, akappiyañca hoti, appaṭiggahitañca hoti, akatātirittañca hoti.

     what has not been given, what is not known about, what is not allowable, what has not been received, what has not been made left over. —

822. 822

     पञ्चpañ·ca कप्पियानिkap·pi·yā·ni परिभुञ्जितब्बानि—pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bā·ni

     Pañca kappiyāni paribhuñjitabbāni—

     There are five allowable things that may be used:

823. 823

     दिन्नञ्चdin·nañ·ca होति,ho·ti विदितञ्चvi·di·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti कप्पियञ्चkap·pi·yañ·ca होति,ho·ti पटिग्गहितञ्चpa·ṭig·ga·hi·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti कतातिरित्तञ्चka·tā·ti·rit·tañ·ca होति।ho·ti

     dinnañca hoti, viditañca hoti, kappiyañca hoti, paṭiggahitañca hoti, katātirittañca hoti.

     what has been given, what is known about, what is allowable, what has been received, what has been made left over. —

824. 824

     पञ्चpañ·ca दानानिdā·nā·ni अपुञ्ञानिa·puñ·ñā·ni पुञ्ञसम्मतानिpuñ·ña·sam·ma·tā·ni लोकस्मिं—lo·kas·miṃ

     Pañca dānāni apuññāni puññasammatāni lokasmiṁ—

     There are five gifts without merit that are considered meritorious in the world:

825. 825

     मज्जदानं,maj·ja·dā·naṃ समज्जदानं,sa·maj·ja·dā·naṃ इत्थिदानं,it·thi·dā·naṃ उसभदानं,u·sa·bha·dā·naṃ चित्तकम्मदानं।cit·ta·kam·ma·dā·naṃ

     majjadānaṁ, samajjadānaṁ, itthidānaṁ, usabhadānaṁ, cittakammadānaṁ.

     alcohol, entertainment, a woman, a bull, and a picture. —

826. 826

     पञ्चpañ·ca उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā दुप्पटिविनोदया—dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yā

     Pañca uppannā duppaṭivinodayā—

     There are five things that are hard to remove:

827. 827

     उप्पन्नोup·pan·no रागोrā·go दुप्पटिविनोदयो,dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yo उप्पन्नोup·pan·no दोसोdo·so दुप्पटिविनोदयो,dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yo उप्पन्नोup·pan·no मोहोmo·ho दुप्पटिविनोदयो,dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yo उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ पटिभानंpa·ṭi·bhā·naṃ दुप्पटिविनोदयं,dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yaṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ गमियचित्तंga·mi·ya·cit·taṃ दुप्पटिविनोदयं।dup·pa·ṭi·vi·no·da·yaṃ

     uppanno rāgo duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno doso duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno moho duppaṭivinodayo, uppannaṁ paṭibhānaṁ duppaṭivinodayaṁ, uppannaṁ gamiyacittaṁ duppaṭivinodayaṁ.

     desire, ill will, confusion, feeling inspired to speak, and the thought of departing.

828. 828

     पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā सम्मज्जनिया—sam·maj·ja·ni·yā

     Pañcānisaṁsā sammajjaniyā—

     There are five benefits of sweeping:

829. 829

     सकचित्तंsa·ka·cit·taṃ पसीदति,pa·sī·da·ti परचित्तंpa·ra·cit·taṃ पसीदति,pa·sī·da·ti देवताde·va·tā अत्तमनाat·ta·ma·nā होन्ति,hon·ti पासादिकसंवत्तनिककम्मंpā·sā·di·ka·saṃ·vat·ta·ni·ka·kam·maṃ उपचिनति,u·pa·ci·na·ti कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपज्जति।u·pa·paj·ja·ti

     sakacittaṁ pasīdati, paracittaṁ pasīdati, devatā attamanā honti, pāsādikasaṁvattanikakammaṁ upacinati, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.

     (1) one’s own mind becomes serene, (2) the minds of others become serene, (3) the gods are pleased, (4) one accumulates actions that lead to being inspiring, (5) at the break-up of the body after death one is reborn in heaven.

830. 830

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā सम्मज्जनिया—sam·maj·ja·ni·yā

     Aparepi pañcānisaṁsā sammajjaniyā—

     There are five other benefits of sweeping:

831. 831

     सकचित्तंsa·ka·cit·taṃ पसीदति,pa·sī·da·ti परचित्तंpa·ra·cit·taṃ पसीदति,pa·sī·da·ti देवताde·va·tā अत्तमनाat·ta·ma·nā होन्ति,hon·ti सत्थुसासनंsat·thu·sā·sa·naṃ कतंka·taṃ होति,ho·ti पच्छिमाpac·chi·mā जनताja·na·tā दिट्ठानुगतिंdiṭ·ṭhā·nu·ga·tiṃ आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     sakacittaṁ pasīdati, paracittaṁ pasīdati, devatā attamanā honti, satthusāsanaṁ kataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati.

     (1) one’s own mind becomes serene, (2) the minds of others become serene, (3) the gods are pleased, (4) one carries out the Teacher’s instruction, (5) later generations follow one’s example.

832. 832

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered ignorant:

833. 833

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā अधम्मेनa·dham·me·na कारेतिkā·re·ti अप्पटिञ्ञाय।ap·pa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya

     attano bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggaṇhāti, parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggaṇhāti, attano bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggahetvā parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggahetvā adhammena kāreti appaṭiññāya.

     (1) he does not grasp what is proper for himself to say; (2) he does not grasp what is proper for others to say; (3-5) not grasping either, he makes them act illegitimately, without their admission.

834. 834

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

835. 835

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā धम्मेनdham·me·na कारेतिkā·re·ti पटिञ्ञाय।pa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya

     attano bhāsapariyantaṁ uggaṇhāti, parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ uggaṇhāti, attano bhāsapariyantaṁ uggahetvā parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ uggahetvā dhammena kāreti paṭiññāya.

     (1) he grasps what is proper for himself to say; (2) he grasps what is proper for others to say; (3-5) grasping both, he makes them act legitimately, in accordance with their admission.

836. 836

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

837. 837

     आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā मूलंmū·laṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिसमुदयंā·pat·ti·sa·mu·da·yaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dhaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधगामिनिंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ नna जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā mūlaṁ na jānāti, āpattisamudayaṁ na jānāti, āpattinirodhaṁ na jānāti, āpattinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ na jānāti.

     (1) he does not know the offenses; (2) he does not know the roots of the offenses; (3) he does not know the origins of the offenses; (4) he does not know the ending of the offenses; (5) he does not know the way leading to the ending of the offenses.

838. 838

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

839. 839

     आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā मूलंmū·laṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिसमुदयंā·pat·ti·sa·mu·da·yaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dhaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधगामिनिंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā mūlaṁ jānāti, āpattisamudayaṁ jānāti, āpattinirodhaṁ jānāti, āpattinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ jānāti.

     (1) he knows the offenses; (2) he knows the roots of the offenses; (3) he knows the origins of the offenses; (4) he knows the ending of the offenses; (5) he knows the way leading to the ending of the offenses.

840. 840

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

841. 841

     अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa मूलंmū·laṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणसमुदयंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·mu·da·yaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dhaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधगामिनिंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ नna जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     adhikaraṇaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇassa mūlaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇasamudayaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ na jānāti.

     (1) he does not know the legal issues; (2) he does not know the root of the legal issues; (3) he does not know the origin of the legal issues; (4) he does not know the ending of the legal issues; (5) he does not know the way leading to the ending of the legal issues.

842. 842

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

843. 843

     अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa मूलंmū·laṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणसमुदयंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·mu·da·yaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dhaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधगामिनिंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     adhikaraṇaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇassa mūlaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇasamudayaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ jānāti.

     (1) he knows the legal issues; (2) he knows the root of the legal issues; (3) he knows the origin of the legal issues; (4) he knows the ending of the legal issues; (5) he knows the way leading to the ending of the legal issues.

844. 844

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

845. 845

     वत्थुंvat·thuṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti निदानंni·dā·naṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्ञत्तिंpañ·ñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुपञ्ञत्तिंa·nu·pañ·ñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुसन्धिवचनपथंa·nu·san·dhi·va·ca·na·pa·thaṃ नna जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     vatthuṁ na jānāti, nidānaṁ na jānāti, paññattiṁ na jānāti, anupaññattiṁ na jānāti, anusandhivacanapathaṁ na jānāti.

     (1) he does not know the actions that are the bases for offenses; (2) he does not know the origin stories; (3) he does not know the rules; (4) he does not know the additions to the rules; (5) he does not know the sequence of statements.

846. 846

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

847. 847

     वत्थुंvat·thuṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti निदानंni·dā·naṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्ञत्तिंpañ·ñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुपञ्ञत्तिंa·nu·pañ·ñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुसन्धिवचनपथंa·nu·san·dhi·va·ca·na·pa·thaṃ जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     vatthuṁ jānāti, nidānaṁ jānāti, paññattiṁ jānāti, anupaññattiṁ jānāti, anusandhivacanapathaṁ jānāti.

     (1) he knows the actions that are the bases for offenses; (2) he knows the origin stories; (3) he knows the rules; (4) he knows the additions to the rules; (5) he knows the sequence of statements.

848. 848

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

849. 849

     ञत्तिंñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ञत्तियाñat·ti·yā करणंka·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti नna पुब्बकुसलोpub·ba·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti नna अपरकुसलोa·pa·ra·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti अकालञ्ञूa·kā·lañ·ñū चca होति।ho·ti

     ñattiṁ na jānāti, ñattiyā karaṇaṁ na jānāti, na pubbakusalo hoti, na aparakusalo hoti, akālaññū ca hoti.

     (1) he does not know the motion; (2) he does not know how the motion is done; (3) he is not skilled in what comes first; (4) he is not skilled in what comes afterwards; (5) he does not know the right time.

850. 850

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

851. 851

     ञत्तिंñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti ञत्तियाñat·ti·yā करणंka·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पुब्बकुसलोpub·ba·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti अपरकुसलोa·pa·ra·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti कालञ्ञूkā·lañ·ñū चca होति।ho·ti

     ñattiṁ jānāti, ñattiyā karaṇaṁ jānāti, pubbakusalo hoti, aparakusalo hoti, kālaññū ca hoti.

     (1) he knows the motion; (2) he knows how the motion is done; (3) he is skilled in what comes first; (4) he is skilled in what comes afterwards; (5) he knows the right time.

852. 852

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

853. 853

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आचरियपरम्पराā·ca·ri·ya·pa·ram·pa·rā खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa नna सुग्गहिताsug·ga·hi·tā होतिho·ti नna सुमनसिकताsu·ma·na·si·ka·tā नna सूपधारिता।sū·pa·dhā·ri·tā

     āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ācariyaparamparā kho panassa na suggahitā hoti na sumanasikatā na sūpadhāritā.

     (1) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has not well-learned and well-remembered his teachers’ tradition.

854. 854

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

855. 855

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानति,jā·na·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आचरियपरम्पराā·ca·ri·ya·pa·ram·pa·rā खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa सुग्गहिताsug·ga·hi·tā होतिho·ti सुमनसिकताsu·ma·na·si·ka·tā सूपधारिता।sū·pa·dhā·ri·tā

     āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānati, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hoti sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā.

     (1) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has well-learned and well-remembered his teachers’ tradition.

856. 856

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

857. 857

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni नna वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti नna सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni नna सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni नna सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो।a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so

     āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni na vitthārena svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

     (1) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has not properly learned either Monastic Codes in detail, and he has not analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition.

858. 858

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

859. 859

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो।a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so

     āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

     (1) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition.

860. 860

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     When an expert on the Monastic Law has five other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

861. 861

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe चca नna विनिच्छयकुसलोvi·nic·cha·ya·ku·sa·lo होति।ho·ti

     āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇe ca na vinicchayakusalo hoti.

     (1) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) he is not skilled in deciding legal issues.

862. 862

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

     But when an expert on the Monastic Law has five qualities, he is considered learned:

863. 863

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe चca विनिच्छयकुसलोvi·nic·cha·ya·ku·sa·lo होति।ho·ti

     āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇe ca vinicchayakusalo hoti.

     (1) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) he is skilled in deciding legal issues.

864. 864

     पञ्चpañ·ca आरञ्ञिका—ā·rañ·ñi·kā

     Pañca āraññikā—

     There are five kinds of wilderness dwellers:

865. 865

     मन्दत्ताman·dat·tā मोमूहत्ताmo·mū·hat·tā आरञ्ञिकोā·rañ·ñi·ko होति,ho·ti पापिच्छोpā·pic·cho इच्छापकतोic·chā·pa·ka·to आरञ्ञिकोā·rañ·ñi·ko होति,ho·ti उम्मादाum·mā·dā चित्तक्खेपाcit·tak·khe·pā आरञ्ञिकोā·rañ·ñi·ko होति,ho·ti “वण्णितंvaṇ·ṇi·taṃ बुद्धेहिbud·dhe·hi बुद्धसावकेही”तिbud·dha·sā·va·ke·hī आरञ्ञिकोā·rañ·ñi·ko होति,ho·ti अपिa·pi चca अप्पिच्छञ्ञेवap·pic·chañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya सन्तुट्ठिञ्ञेवsan·tuṭ·ṭhiñ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya सल्लेखञ्ञेवsal·le·khañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya पविवेकञ्ञेवpa·vi·ve·kañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya इदमत्थितञ्ञेवi·da·mat·thi·tañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya आरञ्ञिकोā·rañ·ñi·ko होति।ho·ti

     mandattā momūhattā āraññiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato āraññiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā āraññiko hoti, “vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī”ti āraññiko hoti, api ca appicchaññeva nissāya santuṭṭhiññeva nissāya sallekhaññeva nissāya pavivekaññeva nissāya idamatthitaññeva nissāya āraññiko hoti.

     one who is a wilderness dweller (1) because of stupidity and folly; (2) because one is overcome by bad desires; (3) because of insanity and derangement; (4) because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples; or (5) because of fewness of wishes, contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and not needing anything else.

866. 866

     पञ्चpañ·ca पिण्डपातिकाpiṇ·ḍa·pā·ti·kā …पे…pe

     Pañca piṇḍapātikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who only eat almsfood …

867. 867

     पञ्चpañ·ca पंसुकूलिकाpaṃ·su·kū·li·kā …पे…pe

     pañca paṁsukūlikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who wear rag robes …

868. 868

     पञ्चpañ·ca रुक्खमूलिकाruk·kha·mū·li·kā …पे…pe

     pañca rukkhamūlikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who live at the foot of a tree …

869. 869

     पञ्चpañ·ca सोसानिकाso·sā·ni·kā …पे…pe

     pañca sosānikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who live in charnel grounds …

870. 870

     पञ्चpañ·ca अब्भोकासिकाab·bho·kā·si·kā …पे…pe

     pañca abbhokāsikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who live out in the open …

871. 871

     पञ्चpañ·ca तेचीवरिकाte·cī·va·ri·kā …पे…pe

     pañca tecīvarikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who only have three robes …

872. 872

     पञ्चpañ·ca सपदानचारिकाsa·pa·dā·na·cā·ri·kā …पे…pe

     pañca sapadānacārikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who go on continuous almsround …

873. 873

     पञ्चpañ·ca नेसज्जिकाne·saj·ji·kā …पे…pe

     pañca nesajjikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who never lie down …

874. 874

     पञ्चpañ·ca यथासन्थतिकाya·thā·san·tha·ti·kā …पे…pe

     pañca yathāsanthatikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who accept any kind of resting place …

875. 875

     पञ्चpañ·ca एकासनिकाe·kā·sa·ni·kā …पे…pe

     pañca ekāsanikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who eat in one sitting per day …

876. 876

     पञ्चpañ·ca खलुपच्छाभत्तिकाkha·lu·pac·chā·bhat·ti·kā …पे…pe

     pañca khalupacchābhattikā …pe…

     There are five kinds of people who refuse to accept food offered after the meal has begun …

877. 877

     पञ्चpañ·ca पत्तपिण्डिका—pat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·kā

     pañca pattapiṇḍikā—

     There are five kinds of people who eat only from the almsbowl:

878. 878

     मन्दत्ताman·dat·tā मोमूहत्ताmo·mū·hat·tā पत्तपिण्डिकोpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ko होति,ho·ti पापिच्छोpā·pic·cho इच्छापकतोic·chā·pa·ka·to पत्तपिण्डिकोpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ko होति,ho·ti उम्मादाum·mā·dā चित्तक्खेपाcit·tak·khe·pā पत्तपिण्डिकोpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ko होति,ho·ti “वण्णितंvaṇ·ṇi·taṃ बुद्धेहिbud·dhe·hi बुद्धसावकेही”तिbud·dha·sā·va·ke·hī पत्तपिण्डिकोpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ko होति,ho·ti अपिa·pi चca अप्पिच्छञ्ञेवap·pic·chañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya सन्तुट्ठिञ्ञेवsan·tuṭ·ṭhiñ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya सल्लेखञ्ञेवsal·le·khañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya पविवेकञ्ञेवpa·vi·ve·kañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya इदमत्थितञ्ञेवi·da·mat·thi·tañ·ñe·va निस्सायnis·sā·ya पत्तपिण्डिकोpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ko होति।ho·ti

     mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, “vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī”ti pattapiṇḍiko hoti, api ca appicchaññeva nissāya santuṭṭhiññeva nissāya sallekhaññeva nissāya pavivekaññeva nissāya idamatthitaññeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti.

     one who eats only from the almsbowl (1) because of stupidity and folly; (2) because one is overcome by bad desires; (3) because of insanity and derangement; (4) because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples; or (5) because of fewness of wishes, contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and not needing anything else.

879. 879

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā नानिस्सितेनnā·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nānissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     When a monk has five qualities, he should not live without formal support:

880. 880

     उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti उपोसथकम्मंu·po·sa·tha·kam·maṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्सोū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so होति।ho·ti

     uposathaṁ na jānāti, uposathakammaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti.

     (1) he does not know about the observance-day ceremony; (2) he does not know the observance-day procedure; (3) he does not know the Monastic Code; (4) he does not know the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) he has less than five years of seniority.

881. 881

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अनिस्सितेनa·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a monk has five qualities, he may live without formal support:

882. 882

     उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उपोसथकम्मंu·po·sa·tha·kam·maṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्सोpañ·ca·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·so वा।vā

     uposathaṁ jānāti, uposathakammaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā.

     (1) he knows about the observance-day ceremony; (2) he knows the observance-day procedure; (3) he knows the Monastic Code; (4) he knows the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) he has five or more years of seniority.

883. 883

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā नानिस्सितेनnā·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nānissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     When a monk has five other qualities, he should not live without formal support:

884. 884

     पवारणंpa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पवारणाकम्मंpa·vā·ra·ṇā·kam·maṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्सोū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so होति।ho·ti

     pavāraṇaṁ na jānāti, pavāraṇākammaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti.

     (1) he does not know about the invitation ceremony; (2) he does not know the invitation procedure; (3) he does not know the Monastic Code; (4) he does not know the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) he has less than five years of seniority.

885. 885

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अनिस्सितेनa·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a monk has five qualities, he may live without formal support:

886. 886

     पवारणंpa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पवारणाकम्मंpa·vā·ra·ṇā·kam·maṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्सोpañ·ca·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·so वा।vā

     pavāraṇaṁ jānāti, pavāraṇākammaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā.

     (1) he knows about the invitation ceremony; (2) he knows the invitation procedure; (3) he knows the Monastic Code; (4) he knows the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) he has five or more years of seniority.

887. 887

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā नानिस्सितेनnā·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nānissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     When a monk has five other qualities, he should not live without formal support:

888. 888

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्सोū·na·pañ·ca·vas·so होति।ho·ti

     āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti.

     (1) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has less than five years of seniority.

889. 889

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अनिस्सितेनa·nis·si·te·na वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a monk has five qualities, he may live without formal support:

890. 890

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्सोpañ·ca·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·so वा।vā

     āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā.

     (1) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has five or more years of seniority.

891. 891

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā नानिस्सितायnā·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā nānissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     When a nun has five qualities, she should not live without formal support:

892. 892

     उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti उपोसथकम्मंu·po·sa·tha·kam·maṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्साū·na·pañ·ca·vas·sā होति।ho·ti

     uposathaṁ na jānāti, uposathakammaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavassā hoti.

     (1) she does not know about the observance-day ceremony; (2) she does not know the observance-day procedure; (3) she does not know the Monastic Code; (4) she does not know the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) she has less than five years of seniority.

893. 893

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अनिस्सितायa·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā anissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a nun has five qualities, she may live without formal support:

894. 894

     उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उपोसथकम्मंu·po·sa·tha·kam·maṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्साpañ·ca·vas·sā वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्साa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·sā वा।vā

     uposathaṁ jānāti, uposathakammaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ jānāti, pañcavassā vā hoti atirekapañcavassā vā.

     (1) she knows about the observance-day ceremony; (2) she knows the observance-day procedure; (3) she knows the Monastic Code; (4) she knows the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) she has five or more years of seniority.

895. 895

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā नानिस्सितायnā·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā nānissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     When a nun has five other qualities, she should not live without formal support:

896. 896

     पवारणंpa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पवारणाकम्मंpa·vā·ra·ṇā·kam·maṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्साū·na·pañ·ca·vas·sā होति।ho·ti

     pavāraṇaṁ na jānāti, pavāraṇākammaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ na jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavassā hoti.

     (1) she does not know about the invitation ceremony; (2) she does not know the invitation procedure; (3) she does not know the Monastic Code; (4) she does not know the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) she has less than five years of seniority.

897. 897

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अनिस्सितायa·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā anissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a nun has five qualities, she may live without formal support:

898. 898

     पवारणंpa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पवारणाकम्मंpa·vā·ra·ṇā·kam·maṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पातिमोक्खुद्देसंpā·ti·mok·khud·de·saṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्साpañ·ca·vas·sā वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्साa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·sā वा।vā

     pavāraṇaṁ jānāti, pavāraṇākammaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhaṁ jānāti, pātimokkhuddesaṁ jānāti, pañcavassā vā hoti atirekapañcavassā vā.

     (1) she knows about the invitation ceremony; (2) she knows the invitation procedure; (3) she knows the Monastic Code; (4) she knows the recitation of the Monastic Code; (5) she has five or more years of seniority.

899. 899

     अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā नानिस्सितायnā·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Aparehipi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā nānissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     When a nun has five other qualities, she should not live without formal support:

900. 900

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ऊनपञ्चवस्साū·na·pañ·ca·vas·sā होति।ho·ti

     āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavassā hoti.

     (1) she does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) she does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) she does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) she does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) she has less than five years of seniority.

901. 901

     पञ्चहङ्गेहिpañ·ca·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतायsa·man·nā·ga·tā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अनिस्सितायa·nis·si·tā·ya वत्थब्बं—vat·thab·baṃ

     Pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatāya bhikkhuniyā anissitāya vatthabbaṁ—

     But when a nun has five qualities, she may live without formal support:

902. 902

     आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्चवस्साpañ·ca·vas·sā वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकपञ्चवस्साa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·vas·sā वा।vā

     āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, pañcavassā vā hoti atirekapañcavassā vā.

     (1) she knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) she knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) she knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) she knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) she has five or more years of seniority.

903. 903

     पञ्चpañ·ca आदीनवाā·dī·na·vā अपासादिके—a·pā·sā·di·ke

     Pañca ādīnavā apāsādike—

     There are five dangers in being uninspiring:

904. 904

     अत्तापिat·tā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ उपवदति,u·pa·va·da·ti अनुविच्चपिa·nu·vic·ca·pi विञ्ञूviñ·ñū गरहन्ति,ga·ra·han·ti पापकोpā·pa·ko कित्तिसद्दोkit·ti·sad·do अब्भुग्गच्छति,ab·bhug·gac·cha·ti सम्मूळ्होsam·mū·ḷho कालंkā·laṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā अपायंa·pā·yaṃ दुग्गतिंdug·ga·tiṃ विनिपातंvi·ni·pā·taṃ निरयंni·ra·yaṃ उपपज्जति।u·pa·paj·ja·ti

     attāpi attānaṁ upavadati, anuviccapi viññū garahanti, pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, sammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati.

     (1) you criticize yourself; (2) after investigating, wise people blame you; (3) you get a bad reputation; (4) you die confused; (5) after death, you are reborn in a lower realm.

905. 905

     पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā पासादिके—pā·sā·di·ke

     Pañcānisaṁsā pāsādike—

     There are five benefits in being inspiring:

906. 906

     अत्तापिat·tā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ नna उपवदति,u·pa·va·da·ti अनुविच्चपिa·nu·vic·ca·pi विञ्ञूviñ·ñū पसंसन्ति,pa·saṃ·san·ti कल्याणोkal·yā·ṇo कित्तिसद्दोkit·ti·sad·do अब्भुग्गच्छति,ab·bhug·gac·cha·ti असम्मूळ्होa·sam·mū·ḷho कालंkā·laṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपज्जति।u·pa·paj·ja·ti

     attāpi attānaṁ na upavadati, anuviccapi viññū pasaṁsanti, kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.

     (1) you do not criticize yourself; (2) after investigating, wise people praise you; (3) you get a good reputation; (4) you die unconfused; (5) after death, you are reborn in heaven.

907. 907

     अपरेपिa·pa·re·pi पञ्चpañ·ca आदीनवाā·dī·na·vā अपासादिके—a·pā·sā·di·ke

     Aparepi pañca ādīnavā apāsādike—

     There are five other dangers in being uninspiring:

908. 908

     अप्पसन्नाap·pa·san·nā नna पसीदन्ति,pa·sī·dan·ti पसन्नानंpa·san·nā·naṃ एकच्चानंe·kac·cā·naṃ अञ्ञथत्तंañ·ña·that·taṃ होति,ho·ti सत्थुसासनंsat·thu·sā·sa·naṃ अकतंa·ka·taṃ होति,ho·ti पच्छिमाpac·chi·mā जनताja·na·tā दिट्ठानुगतिंdiṭ·ṭhā·nu·ga·tiṃ नापज्जति,nā·paj·ja·ti चित्तमस्सcit·ta·mas·sa नna पसीदति।pa·sī·da·ti

     appasannā na pasīdanti, pasannānaṁ ekaccānaṁ aññathattaṁ hoti, satthusāsanaṁ akataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ nāpajjati, cittamassa na pasīdati.

     (1) you do not give rise to confidence in those without it; (2) you cause some to lose their confidence; (3) you don’t carry out the Teacher’s instructions; (4) later generations follow your example; (5) your mind doesn’t become serene.

909. 909

     पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā पासादिके—pā·sā·di·ke

     Pañcānisaṁsā pāsādike—

     And there are five benefits in being inspiring:

910. 910

     अप्पसन्नाap·pa·san·nā पसीदन्ति,pa·sī·dan·ti पसन्नानंpa·san·nā·naṃ भिय्योभावायbhiy·yo·bhā·vā·ya होति,ho·ti सत्थुसासनंsat·thu·sā·sa·naṃ कतंka·taṃ होति,ho·ti पच्छिमाpac·chi·mā जनताja·na·tā दिट्ठानुगतिंdiṭ·ṭhā·nu·ga·tiṃ आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti चित्तमस्सcit·ta·mas·sa पसीदति।pa·sī·da·ti

     appasannā pasīdanti, pasannānaṁ bhiyyobhāvāya hoti, satthusāsanaṁ kataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati, cittamassa pasīdati.

     (1) you give rise to confidence in those without it; (2) you increase the confidence of those who have it; (3) you carry out the Teacher’s instructions; (4) later generations follow your example; (5) your mind becomes serene.

911. 911

     पञ्चpañ·ca आदीनवाā·dī·na·vā कुलूपके—ku·lū·pa·ke

     Pañca ādīnavā kulūpake—

     There are five dangers of associating with families:

912. 912

     अनामन्तचारेa·nā·man·ta·cā·re आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti रहोra·ho निसज्जायni·saj·jā·ya आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti पटिच्छन्नेpa·ṭic·chan·ne आसनेā·sa·ne आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti मातुगामस्सmā·tu·gā·mas·sa उत्तरिछप्पञ्चवाचाहिut·ta·ri·chap·pañ·ca·vā·cā·hi धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेन्तोde·sen·to आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti कामसङ्कप्पबहुलोkā·ma·saṅ·kap·pa·ba·hu·lo चca विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

     anāmantacāre āpajjati, raho nisajjāya āpajjati, paṭicchanne āsane āpajjati, mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṁ desento āpajjati, kāmasaṅkappabahulo ca viharati.

     (1) one commits the offense of visiting families before or after a meal invitation; (2) one commits the offense of sitting down in private; (3) one commits the offense of sitting down on a concealed seat; (4) one commits the offense of teaching more than five or six sentences to a woman; (5) one has a lot of worldly thoughts.

913. 913

     पञ्चpañ·ca आदीनवाā·dī·na·vā कुलूपकस्सku·lū·pa·kas·sa भिक्खुनो—bhik·khu·no

     Pañca ādīnavā kulūpakassa bhikkhuno—

     There are five dangers for a monk who associates with families:

914. 914

     अतिवेलंa·ti·ve·laṃ कुलेसुku·le·su संसट्ठस्सsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhas·sa विहरतोvi·ha·ra·to मातुगामस्सmā·tu·gā·mas·sa अभिण्हदस्सनं,a·bhiṇ·ha·das·sa·naṃ दस्सनेdas·sa·ne सतिsa·ti संसग्गो,saṃ·sag·go संसग्गेsaṃ·sag·ge सतिsa·ti विस्सासो,vis·sā·so विस्सासेvis·sā·se सतिsa·ti ओतारो,o·tā·ro ओतिण्णचित्तस्सेतंo·tiṇ·ṇa·cit·tas·se·taṃ भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पाटिकङ्खंpā·ṭi·kaṅ·khaṃ अनभिरतोa·na·bhi·ra·to वाvā ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ चरिस्सतिca·ris·sa·ti अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā सङ्किलिट्ठंsaṅ·ki·liṭ·ṭhaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जिस्सतिā·paj·jis·sa·ti सिक्खंsik·khaṃ वाvā पच्चक्खायpac·cak·khā·ya हीनायावत्तिस्सति।hī·nā·yā·vat·tis·sa·ti

     ativelaṁ kulesu saṁsaṭṭhassa viharato mātugāmassa abhiṇhadassanaṁ, dassane sati saṁsaggo, saṁsagge sati vissāso, vissāse sati otāro, otiṇṇacittassetaṁ bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṁ carissati aññataraṁ vā saṅkiliṭṭhaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjissati sikkhaṁ vā paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissati.

     (1) when he associates too much with families, he often sees women; (2) because of seeing them, he associates with them; (3) because of associating with them, there is intimacy; (4) because of intimacy, there is lust; (5) because his mind is overcome by lust, it is to be expected that he will be dissatisfied with the spiritual life, that he will commit a certain defiled offense, or that he will renounce the training and return to the lower life.

915. 915

     पञ्चpañ·ca बीजजातानि—bī·ja·jā·tā·ni

     Pañca bījajātāni—

     There are five kinds of propagation:

916. 916

     मूलबीजं,mū·la·bī·jaṃ खन्धबीजं,khan·dha·bī·jaṃ फळुबीजं,pha·ḷu·bī·jaṃ अग्गबीजं,ag·ga·bī·jaṃ बीजबीजञ्ञेवbī·ja·bī·jañ·ñe·va पञ्चमं।pañ·ca·maṃ

     mūlabījaṁ, khandhabījaṁ, phaḷubījaṁ, aggabījaṁ, bījabījaññeva pañcamaṁ.

     (1) propagation from roots, (2) propagation from stems, (3) propagation from joints, (4) propagation from cuttings, (5) propagation from regular seeds as the fifth.

917. 917

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi समणकप्पेहिsa·ma·ṇa·kap·pe·hi फलंpha·laṃ परिभुञ्जितब्बं—pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·baṃ

     Pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṁ paribhuñjitabbaṁ—

     When fruit is allowable for monastics for any of five reasons, it may be eaten:

918. 918

     अग्गिपरिजितं,ag·gi·pa·ri·ji·taṃ सत्थपरिजितं,sat·tha·pa·ri·ji·taṃ नखपरिजितं,na·kha·pa·ri·ji·taṃ अबीजं,a·bī·jaṃ निब्बत्तबीजञ्ञेवnib·bat·ta·bī·jañ·ñe·va पञ्चमं।pañ·ca·maṃ

     aggiparijitaṁ, satthaparijitaṁ, nakhaparijitaṁ, abījaṁ, nibbattabījaññeva pañcamaṁ.

     (1) it has been damaged by fire, (2) it has been damaged by a knife, (3) it has been damaged by a fingernail, (4) it’s seedless, (5) the seeds have been removed.

919. 919

     पञ्चpañ·ca विसुद्धियो—vi·sud·dhi·yo

     Pañca visuddhiyo—

     There are five kinds of purification:

920. 920

     निदानंni·dā·naṃ उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā अवसेसंa·va·se·saṃ सुतेनsu·te·na सावेतब्बं,sā·ve·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ पठमाpa·ṭha·mā विसुद्धि;vi·sud·dhi

     nidānaṁ uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ, ayaṁ paṭhamā visuddhi;

     (1) After reciting the introduction, the rest is announced as if heard.

921. 921

     निदानंni·dā·naṃ उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā चत्तारिcat·tā·ri पाराजिकानिpā·rā·ji·kā·ni उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā अवसेसंa·va·se·saṃ सुतेनsu·te·na सावेतब्बं,sā·ve·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ दुतियाdu·ti·yā विसुद्धि;vi·sud·dhi

     nidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ, ayaṁ dutiyā visuddhi;

     (2) After reciting the introduction and the four rules entailing expulsion, the rest is announced as if heard.

922. 922

     निदानंni·dā·naṃ उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā चत्तारिcat·tā·ri पाराजिकानिpā·rā·ji·kā·ni उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā तेरसte·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसेsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā अवसेसंa·va·se·saṃ सुतेनsu·te·na सावेतब्बं,sā·ve·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ ततियाta·ti·yā विसुद्धि;vi·sud·dhi

     nidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ, ayaṁ tatiyā visuddhi;

     (3) After reciting the introduction, the four rules entailing expulsion, and the thirteen rules entailing suspension, the rest is announced as if heard.

923. 923

     निदानंni·dā·naṃ उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā चत्तारिcat·tā·ri पाराजिकानिpā·rā·ji·kā·ni उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā तेरसte·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसेsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā द्वेdve अनियतेa·ni·ya·te उद्दिसित्वाud·di·sit·vā अवसेसंa·va·se·saṃ सुतेनsu·te·na सावेतब्बं,sā·ve·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ चतुत्थाca·tut·thā विसुद्धि;vi·sud·dhi

     nidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā dve aniyate uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ, ayaṁ catutthā visuddhi;

     (4) After reciting the introduction, the four rules entailing expulsion, the thirteen rules entailing suspension, and the two undetermined rules, the rest is announced as if heard.

924. 924

     वित्थारेनेवvit·thā·re·ne·va पञ्चमी।pañ·ca·mī

     vitthāreneva pañcamī.

     (5) In full is the fifth.

925. 925

     अपरापिa·pa·rā·pi पञ्चpañ·ca विसुद्धियो—vi·sud·dhi·yo

     Aparāpi pañca visuddhiyo—

     There are five other kinds of purification:

926. 926

     सुत्तुद्देसो,sut·tud·de·so पारिसुद्धिउपोसथो,pā·ri·sud·dhi·u·po·sa·tho अधिट्ठानुपोसथो,a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nu·po·sa·tho पवारणा,pa·vā·ra·ṇā सामग्गीउपोसथोयेवsā·mag·gī·u·po·sa·tho·ye·va पञ्चमो।pañ·ca·mo

     suttuddeso, pārisuddhiuposatho, adhiṭṭhānuposatho, pavāraṇā, sāmaggīuposathoyeva pañcamo.

     (1) the observance-day ceremony which consists of reciting the Monastic Code, (2) the observance-day ceremony which consists of declaring purity, (3) the observance-day ceremony which consists of a determination, (4) the invitation ceremony, (5) the observance-day ceremony for the sake of unity as the fifth.

927. 927

     पञ्चानिसंसाpañ·cā·ni·saṃ·sā विनयधरे—vi·na·ya·dha·re

     Pañcānisaṁsā vinayadhare—

     There are five benefits of being an expert on the Monastic Law:

928. 928

     अत्तनोat·ta·no सीलक्खन्धोsī·lak·khan·dho सुगुत्तोsu·gut·to होतिho·ti सुरक्खितो,su·rak·khi·to कुक्कुच्चपकतानंkuk·kuc·ca·pa·ka·tā·naṃ पटिसरणंpa·ṭi·sa·ra·ṇaṃ होति,ho·ti विसारदोvi·sā·ra·do सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe वोहरति,vo·ha·ra·ti पच्चत्थिकेpac·cat·thi·ke सहधम्मेनsa·ha·dham·me·na सुनिग्गहितंsu·nig·ga·hi·taṃ निग्गण्हाति,nig·gaṇ·hā·ti सद्धम्मट्ठितियाsad·dham·maṭ·ṭhi·ti·yā पटिपन्नोpa·ṭi·pan·no होति।ho·ti

     attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito, kukkuccapakatānaṁ paṭisaraṇaṁ hoti, visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati, paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggaṇhāti, saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti.

     (1) your own morality is well guarded; (2) you are a refuge for those who are habitually anxious; (3) you speak with confidence in the midst of the Sangha; (4) you can legitimately and properly refute an opponent; (5) you are practicing for the longevity of the true Teaching.

929. 929

     पञ्चpañ·ca अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Pañca adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     There are five kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

930. 930

     पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानीति।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·nī·ti

     Pañca dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanānīti.

     There are five kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.”

931. 931

     पञ्चकंpañ·ca·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

     Pañcakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

     The section on fives is finished.

932. 932

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

933. 933

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti आपत्तिक्खन्धा,ā·pat·tik·khan·dhā

     Āpatti āpattikkhandhā,

     “Offense, classes of offenses,

934. 934

     विनीतानन्तरेनvi·nī·tā·nan·ta·re·na च;ca

     vinītānantarena ca;

     Training, and with the next life;

935. 935

     पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā छेदनाche·da·nā चेव,ce·va

     Puggalā chedanā ceva,

     People, and involving cutting,

936. 936

     आपज्जतिā·paj·ja·ti चca पच्चया।pac·ca·yā

     āpajjati ca paccayā.

     And committing, because of.

937. 937

     नna उपेतिu·pe·ti उपेतिu·pe·ti च,ca

     Na upeti upeti ca,

     Invalid, and valid,

938. 938

     कप्पन्तुसङ्कितेलञ्च;kap·pan·tu·saṅ·ki·te·lañ·ca

     kappantusaṅkitelañca;

     Allowable, suspected, and oil;

939. 939

     वसंva·saṃ ब्यसनाbya·sa·nā सम्पदा,sam·pa·dā

     Vasaṁ byasanā sampadā,

     Fat, loss, successes,

940. 940

     पस्सद्धिpas·sad·dhi पुग्गलेनpug·ga·le·na च।ca

     passaddhi puggalena ca.

     Comes to an end, and with people.

941. 941

     सोसानिकंso·sā·ni·kaṃ खायितञ्च,khā·yi·tañ·ca

     Sosānikaṁ khāyitañca,

     Charnel ground, and chewed,

942. 942

     थेय्यंthey·yaṃ चोरोco·ro चca वुच्चति;vuc·ca·ti

     theyyaṁ coro ca vuccati;

     Theft, and one called a gangster;

943. 943

     अविस्सज्जिa·vis·saj·ji अवेभङ्गि,a·ve·bhaṅ·gi

     Avissajji avebhaṅgi,

     Not to be given away, not to be shared out,

944. 944

     कायतोkā·ya·to कायवाचतो।kā·ya·vā·ca·to

     kāyato kāyavācato.

     From body, from body and speech.

945. 945

     देसनाde·sa·nā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्देसं,ud·de·saṃ

     Desanā saṅghaṁ uddesaṁ,

     Confessable, Sangha, reciting,

946. 946

     पच्चन्तिकथिनेनpac·can·ti·ka·thi·ne·na च;ca

     paccantikathinena ca;

     Outside, and with the robe-making ceremony;

947. 947

     कम्मानिkam·mā·ni यावततियं,yā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ

     Kammāni yāvatatiyaṁ,

     Legal procedures, for the third time,

948. 948

     पाराजिथुल्लदुक्कटं।pā·rā·ji·thul·la·duk·ka·ṭaṃ

     pārājithulladukkaṭaṁ.

     An offense entailing expulsion, a serious offense, <j>an offense of wrong conduct.

949. 949

     अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ कप्पियञ्च,kap·pi·yañ·ca

     Akappiyaṁ kappiyañca,

     Unallowable, and allowable,

950. 950

     अपुञ्ञदुविनोदया;a·puñ·ña·du·vi·no·da·yā

     apuññaduvinodayā;

     Without merit, hard to remove;

951. 951

     सम्मज्जनीsam·maj·ja·nī अपरेa·pa·re च,ca

     Sammajjanī apare ca,

     Sweeping, and other,

952. 952

     भासंbhā·saṃ आपत्तिमेवā·pat·ti·me·va च।ca

     bhāsaṁ āpattimeva ca.

     To say, and also offenses.

953. 953

     अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ वत्थुvat·thu ञत्ति,ñat·ti

     Adhikaraṇaṁ vatthu ñatti,

     Legal issue, action that is the basis for an offense, motion,

954. 954

     आपत्ताā·pat·tā उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni च;ca

     āpattā ubhayāni ca;

     And both offenses and non-offenses;

955. 955

     लहुकट्ठमकाla·hu·kaṭ·ṭha·ma·kā एते,e·te

     Lahukaṭṭhamakā ete,

     These are light and strong,

956. 956

     कण्हसुक्काkaṇ·ha·suk·kā विजानथ।vi·jā·na·tha

     kaṇhasukkā vijānatha.

     You should understand dark and bright.

957. 957

     अरञ्ञंa·rañ·ñaṃ पिण्डपातञ्च,piṇ·ḍa·pā·tañ·ca

     Araññaṁ piṇḍapātañca,

     Wilderness, and almsfood,

958. 958

     पंसुरुक्खसुसानिका;paṃ·su·ruk·kha·su·sā·ni·kā

     paṁsurukkhasusānikā;

     Rag robe, tree, people who live in charnel grounds;

959. 959

     अब्भोकासोab·bho·kā·so चीवरञ्च,cī·va·rañ·ca

     Abbhokāso cīvarañca,

     Out in the open, and robe,

960. 960

     सपदानोsa·pa·dā·no निसज्जिको।ni·saj·ji·ko

     sapadāno nisajjiko.

     Continuous, one who never lies down.

961. 961

     सन्थतिsan·tha·ti खलुkha·lu पच्छापि,pac·chā·pi

     Santhati khalu pacchāpi,

     Resting place, also after,

962. 962

     पत्तपिण्डिकमेवpat·ta·piṇ·ḍi·ka·me·va च;ca

     pattapiṇḍikameva ca;

     And one who eats only from the bowl;

963. 963

     उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ पवारणं,pa·vā·ra·ṇaṃ

     Uposathaṁ pavāraṇaṁ,

     Observance-day ceremony, invitation ceremony,

964. 964

     आपत्तानापत्तिपिā·pat·tā·nā·pat·ti·pi च।ca

     āpattānāpattipi ca.

     And also offenses and non-offenses.

965. 965

     कण्हसुक्कपदाkaṇ·ha·suk·ka·pa·dā एते,e·te

     Kaṇhasukkapadā ete,

     These verses on dark and bright,

966. 966

     भिक्खुनीनम्पिbhik·khu·nī·nam·pi तेte तथा;ta·thā

     bhikkhunīnampi te tathā;

     They are the same for the nuns;

967. 967

     अपासादिकपासादि,a·pā·sā·di·ka·pā·sā·di

     Apāsādikapāsādi,

     Being uninspiring, being inspiring,

968. 968

     तथेवta·the·va अपरेa·pa·re दुवे।du·ve

     tatheva apare duve.

     And so two others.

969. 969

     कुलूपकेku·lū·pa·ke अतिवेलं,a·ti·ve·laṃ

     Kulūpake ativelaṁ,

     Associating with families, too much,

970. 970

     बीजंbī·jaṃ समणकप्पिsa·ma·ṇa·kap·pi च;ca

     bījaṁ samaṇakappi ca;

     Propagation, and allowable for monastics;

971. 971

     विसुद्धिvi·sud·dhi अपरेa·pa·re चेव,ce·va

     Visuddhi apare ceva,

     Purification, and another,

972. 972

     विनयाधम्मिकेनvi·na·yā·dham·mi·ke·na च;ca

     vinayādhammikena ca;

     Monastic Law, and with illegitimate;

973. 973

     धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā चca तथाta·thā वुत्ता,vut·tā

     Dhammikā ca tathā vuttā,

     And so legitimate is spoken of,

974. 974

     निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā सुद्धिपञ्चकाति।sud·dhi·pañ·ca·kā·ti

     niṭṭhitā suddhipañcakāti.

     The basic section on fives is finished.”

975. 975

     6। छक्कवारchak·ka·vā·ra

     6. Chakkavāra

     6. The section on sixes

976. 976

     छcha अगारवा।a·gā·ra·vā

     Cha agāravā.

     “There are six kinds of disrespect. —

977. 977

     छcha गारवा।gā·ra·vā

     Cha gāravā.

     There are six kinds of respect. —

978. 978

     छcha विनीतवत्थूनि।vi·nī·ta·vat·thū·ni

     Cha vinītavatthūni.

     There are six grounds of training. —

979. 979

     छcha सामीचियो।sā·mī·ci·yo

     Cha sāmīciyo.

     There are six proper ways. —

980. 980

     छcha आपत्तिसमुट्ठाना।ā·pat·ti·sa·muṭ·ṭhā·nā

     Cha āpattisamuṭṭhānā.

     There are six originations of offenses. —

981. 981

     छच्छेदनकाchac·che·da·na·kā आपत्तियो।ā·pat·ti·yo

     Chacchedanakā āpattiyo.

     There are six offenses involving cutting. —

982. 982

     छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपज्जति।ā·paj·ja·ti

     Chahākārehi āpattiṁ āpajjati.

     There are six ways of committing an offense. —

983. 983

     छानिसंसाchā·ni·saṃ·sā विनयधरे।vi·na·ya·dha·re

     Chānisaṁsā vinayadhare.

     There are six benefits of being an expert on the Monastic Law. —

984. 984

     छcha परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

     Cha paramāni.

     There are six rules about ‘at the most’. —

985. 985

     छारत्तंchā·rat·taṃ तिचीवरेनti·cī·va·re·na विप्पवसितब्बं।vip·pa·va·si·tab·baṃ

     Chārattaṁ ticīvarena vippavasitabbaṁ.

     One may be stay apart from one’s three robes for six days. —

986. 986

     छcha चीवरानि।cī·va·rā·ni

     Cha cīvarāni.

     There are six kinds of robe-cloth. —

987. 987

     छcha रजनानि।ra·ja·nā·ni

     Cha rajanāni.

     There are six kinds of dye. —

988. 988

     छcha आपत्तियोā·pat·ti·yo कायतोkā·ya·to चca चित्ततोcit·ta·to चca समुट्ठन्तिsa·muṭ·ṭhan·ti नna वाचतो।vā·ca·to

     Cha āpattiyo kāyato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhanti na vācato.

     There are six kinds of offenses that originate from body and mind, not from speech. —

989. 989

     छcha आपत्तियोā·pat·ti·yo वाचतोvā·ca·to चca चित्ततोcit·ta·to चca समुट्ठन्तिsa·muṭ·ṭhan·ti नna कायतो।kā·ya·to

     Cha āpattiyo vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhanti na kāyato.

     There are six kinds of offenses that originate from speech and mind, not from body. —

990. 990

     छcha आपत्तियोā·pat·ti·yo कायतोkā·ya·to चca वाचतोvā·ca·to चca चित्ततोcit·ta·to चca समुट्ठन्ति।sa·muṭ·ṭhan·ti

     Cha āpattiyo kāyato ca vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhanti.

     There are six kinds of offenses that originate from body, speech, and mind. —

991. 991

     छcha कम्मानि।kam·mā·ni

     Cha kammāni.

     There are six kinds of legal procedures. —

992. 992

     छcha विवादमूलानि।vi·vā·da·mū·lā·ni

     Cha vivādamūlāni.

     There are six roots of disputes. —

993. 993

     छcha अनुवादमूलानि।a·nu·vā·da·mū·lā·ni

     Cha anuvādamūlāni.

     There are six roots of accusations. —

994. 994

     छcha सारणीयाsā·ra·ṇī·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Cha sāraṇīyā dhammā.

     There are six aspects of friendliness. —

995. 995

     दीघसोdī·gha·so छcha विदत्थियो,vi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया।su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā

     Dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā.

     Six standard handspans in length. —

996. 996

     तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ छcha विदत्थियो।vi·dat·thi·yo

     Tiriyaṁ cha vidatthiyo.

     Six handspans wide. —

997. 997

     छcha निस्सयपटिप्पस्सद्धियोnis·sa·ya·pa·ṭip·pas·sad·dhi·yo आचरियम्हा।ā·ca·ri·yam·hā

     Cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā.

     There are six reasons why the formal support from a teacher comes to an end. —

998. 998

     छcha नहानेna·hā·ne अनुपञ्ञत्तियो।a·nu·pañ·ñat·ti·yo

     Cha nahāne anupaññattiyo.

     There are six additions to the rule on bathing. —

999. 999

     विप्पकतचीवरंvip·pa·ka·ta·cī·va·raṃ आदायā·dā·ya पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     Vippakatacīvaraṁ ādāya pakkamati.

     One takes an unfinished robe and leaves the monastery. —

1000. 1000

      विप्पकतचीवरंvip·pa·ka·ta·cī·va·raṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

      Vippakatacīvaraṁ samādāya pakkamati.

      One leaves the monastery with an unfinished robe.

1001. 1001

      छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1002. 1002

      असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na सीलक्खन्धेनsī·lak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na समाधिक्खन्धेनsa·mā·dhik·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na पञ्ञक्खन्धेनpañ·ñak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na विमुत्तिक्खन्धेनvi·mut·tik·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na विमुत्तिञाणदस्सनक्खन्धेनvi·mut·ti·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·nak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      he has (1) the virtue, (2) stillness, (3) wisdom, (4) freedom, and (5) the knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1003. 1003

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1004. 1004

      अत्तनाat·ta·nā असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na सीलक्खन्धेनsī·lak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti परंpa·raṃ असेक्खेa·sek·khe सीलक्खन्धेsī·lak·khan·dhe समादपेता;sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā;

      (1) he has the virtue of one who is fully trained himself and encourages others in it;

1005. 1005

      अत्तनाat·ta·nā असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na समाधिक्खन्धेनsa·mā·dhik·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti परंpa·raṃ असेक्खेa·sek·khe समाधिक्खन्धेsa·mā·dhik·khan·dhe समादपेता;sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā;

      (2) he has the stillness of one who is fully trained himself and encourages others in it;

1006. 1006

      अत्तनाat·ta·nā असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na पञ्ञक्खन्धेनpañ·ñak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti परंpa·raṃ असेक्खेa·sek·khe पञ्ञक्खन्धेpañ·ñak·khan·dhe समादपेता;sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      attanā asekkhena paññakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññakkhandhe samādapetā;

      (3) he has the wisdom of one who is fully trained himself and encourages others in it;

1007. 1007

      अत्तनाat·ta·nā असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na विमुत्तिक्खन्धेनvi·mut·tik·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti परंpa·raṃ असेक्खेa·sek·khe विमुत्तिक्खन्धेvi·mut·tik·khan·dhe समादपेता;sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā;

      (4) he has the freedom of one who is fully trained himself and encourages others in it;

1008. 1008

      अत्तनाat·ta·nā असेक्खेनa·sek·khe·na विमुत्तिञाणदस्सनक्खन्धेनvi·mut·ti·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·nak·khan·dhe·na समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to होति,ho·ti परंpa·raṃ असेक्खेa·sek·khe विमुत्तिञाणदस्सनक्खन्धेvi·mut·ti·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·nak·khan·dhe समादपेता;sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā;

      (5) he has the knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained himself and encourages others in it;

1009. 1009

      दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1010. 1010

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1011. 1011

      सद्धोsad·dho होति,ho·ti हिरिमाhi·ri·mā होति,ho·ti ओत्तप्पीot·tap·pī होति,ho·ti आरद्धवीरियोā·rad·dha·vī·ri·yo होति,ho·ti उपट्ठितस्सतिu·paṭ·ṭhi·tas·sa·ti होति,ho·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      he has (1) faith, (2) conscience, (3) moral prudence, (4) energy, (5) mindfulness, and (6) ten or more years of seniority.

1012. 1012

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1013. 1013

      नna अधिसीलेa·dhi·sī·le सीलविपन्नोsī·la·vi·pan·no होति,ho·ti नna अज्झाचारेaj·jhā·cā·re आचारविपन्नोā·cā·ra·vi·pan·no होति,ho·ti नna अतिदिट्ठियाa·ti·diṭ·ṭhi·yā दिट्ठिविपन्नोdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pan·no होति,ho·ti बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to होति,ho·ti पञ्ञवाpañ·ña·vā होति,ho·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      (1) he has not failed in the higher morality; (2) he has not failed in the higher conduct; (3) he has not failed in the higher view; (4) he is learned; (5) he is wise; (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1014. 1014

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1015. 1015

      पटिबलोpa·ṭi·ba·lo होतिho·ti अन्तेवासिंan·te·vā·siṃ वाvā सद्धिविहारिंsad·dhi·vi·hā·riṃ वाvā गिलानंgi·lā·naṃ उपट्ठातुंu·paṭ·ṭhā·tuṃ वाvā उपट्ठापेतुंu·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tuṃ वा,vā अनभिरतंa·na·bhi·ra·taṃ वूपकासेतुंvū·pa·kā·se·tuṃ वाvā वूपकासापेतुंvū·pa·kā·sā·pe·tuṃ वा,vā उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ धम्मतोdham·ma·to विनोदेतुं,vi·no·de·tuṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिवुट्ठानंā·pat·ti·vuṭ·ṭhā·naṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattivuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      he is capable of three things in regard to a student: (1) to nurse him or have him nursed when he is sick; (2) to send him away or have him sent away when he is discontent with the spiritual life; (3) to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And (4) he knows the offenses; (5) he knows how offenses are cleared; and (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1016. 1016

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1017. 1017

      पटिबलोpa·ṭi·ba·lo होतिho·ti अन्तेवासिंan·te·vā·siṃ वाvā सद्धिविहारिंsad·dhi·vi·hā·riṃ वाvā आभिसमाचारिकायā·bhi·sa·mā·cā·ri·kā·ya सिक्खायsik·khā·ya सिक्खापेतुं,sik·khā·pe·tuṃ आदिब्रह्मचारियकायā·dib·rah·ma·cā·ri·ya·kā·ya सिक्खायsik·khā·ya विनेतुं,vi·ne·tuṃ अभिधम्मेa·bhi·dham·me विनेतुं,vi·ne·tuṃ अभिविनयेa·bhi·vi·na·ye विनेतुं,vi·ne·tuṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ धम्मतोdham·ma·to विवेचेतुं,vi·ve·ce·tuṃ दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā ābhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacāriyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      he is capable of five things in regard to a student: (1) to train him in good conduct; (2) to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; (3) to train him in the Teaching; (4) to train him in the Monastic Law; and (5) to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1018. 1018

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi छहङ्गेहिcha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतेनsa·man·nā·ga·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो—u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Aparehipi chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo—

      When a monk has six other qualities, he may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him:

1019. 1019

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so दसवस्सोda·sa·vas·so वाvā होतिho·ti अतिरेकदसवस्सोa·ti·re·ka·da·sa·vas·so वा।vā

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā.

      (1) he knows the offenses; (2) he knows the non-offenses; (3) he knows the light offenses; (4) he knows the heavy offenses; (5) he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; (6) he has ten or more years of seniority.

1020. 1020

      छcha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Cha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are six kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1021. 1021

      छcha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानीति।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·nī·ti

      Cha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanānīti.

      There are six kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.”

1022. 1022

      छक्कंchak·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Chakkaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on sixes is finished.

1023. 1023

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1024. 1024

      अगारवाa·gā·ra·vā गारवाgā·ra·vā च,ca

      Agāravā gāravā ca,

      “Disrespect, and respect,

1025. 1025

      विनीताvi·nī·tā सामीचिपिsā·mī·ci·pi च;ca

      vinītā sāmīcipi ca;

      Training, and also proper ways;

1026. 1026

      समुट्ठानाsa·muṭ·ṭhā·nā छेदनाche·da·nā चेव,ce·va

      Samuṭṭhānā chedanā ceva,

      Originations, and cutting,

1027. 1027

      आकारानिसंसेनā·kā·rā·ni·saṃ·se·na च।ca

      ākārānisaṁsena ca.

      Ways, and with benefit.

1028. 1028

      परमानिpa·ra·mā·ni चca छारत्तं,chā·rat·taṃ

      Paramāni ca chārattaṁ,

      And ‘at the most’, six days,

1029. 1029

      चीवरंcī·va·raṃ रजनानिra·ja·nā·ni च;ca

      cīvaraṁ rajanāni ca;

      Robe-cloth, and kinds of dye;

1030. 1030

      कायतोkā·ya·to चित्ततोcit·ta·to चापि,cā·pi

      Kāyato cittato cāpi,

      And from body and mind,

1031. 1031

      वाचतोvā·ca·to चित्ततोपिcit·ta·to·pi च।ca

      vācato cittatopi ca.

      And from speech and mind.

1032. 1032

      कायवाचाचित्ततोkā·ya·vā·cā·cit·ta·to च,ca

      Kāyavācācittato ca,

      And from body, speech and mind,

1033. 1033

      कम्मविवादमेवkam·ma·vi·vā·da·me·va च;ca

      kammavivādameva ca;

      Legal procedure, and dispute;

1034. 1034

      अनुवादाa·nu·vā·dā दीघसोdī·gha·so च,ca

      Anuvādā dīghaso ca,

      Accusations, and in length,

1035. 1035

      तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ निस्सयेनnis·sa·ye·na च।ca

      tiriyaṁ nissayena ca.

      Wide, and with formal support.

1036. 1036

      अनुपञ्ञत्तिa·nu·pañ·ñat·ti आदाय,ā·dā·ya

      Anupaññatti ādāya,

      Additions to the rule, takes,

1037. 1037

      समादायsa·mā·dā·ya तथेवta·the·va च;ca

      samādāya tatheva ca;

      And so with;

1038. 1038

      असेक्खेa·sek·khe समादपेता,sa·mā·da·pe·tā

      Asekkhe samādapetā,

      Fully trained, one who encourages,

1039. 1039

      सद्धोsad·dho अधिसीलेनa·dhi·sī·le·na च;ca

      saddho adhisīlena ca;

      Faith, and with higher morality;

1040. 1040

      गिलानाभिसमाचारी,gi·lā·nā·bhi·sa·mā·cā·rī

      Gilānābhisamācārī,

      Sick, good conduct,

1041. 1041

      आपत्ताधम्मधम्मिकाति।ā·pat·tā·dham·ma·dham·mi·kā·ti

      āpattādhammadhammikāti.

      Offense, illegitimate, legitimate.”

1042. 1042

      7। सत्तकवारsat·ta·ka·vā·ra

      7. Sattakavāra

      7. The section on sevens

1043. 1043

      सत्तापत्तियो।sat·tā·pat·ti·yo

      Sattāpattiyo.

      “There are seven kinds of offenses. —

1044. 1044

      सत्तापत्तिक्खन्धा।sat·tā·pat·tik·khan·dhā

      Sattāpattikkhandhā.

      There are seven classes of offenses. —

1045. 1045

      सत्तsat·ta विनीतवत्थूनि।vi·nī·ta·vat·thū·ni

      Satta vinītavatthūni.

      There are seven grounds of training. —

1046. 1046

      सत्तsat·ta सामीचियो।sā·mī·ci·yo

      Satta sāmīciyo.

      There are seven proper ways. —

1047. 1047

      सत्तsat·ta अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā पटिञ्ञातकरणा।pa·ṭiñ·ñā·ta·ka·ra·ṇā

      Satta adhammikā paṭiññātakaraṇā.

      There are seven illegitimate ways of acting according to what has been admitted. —

1048. 1048

      सत्तsat·ta धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā पटिञ्ञातकरणा।pa·ṭiñ·ñā·ta·ka·ra·ṇā

      Satta dhammikā paṭiññātakaraṇā.

      There are seven legitimate ways of acting according to what has been admitted. —

1049. 1049

      सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na गन्तुं।gan·tuṃ

      Sattannaṁ anāpatti sattāhakaraṇīyena gantuṁ.

      There is no offense in going for seven days to seven kinds of people. —

1050. 1050

      सत्तानिसंसाsat·tā·ni·saṃ·sā विनयधरे।vi·na·ya·dha·re

      Sattānisaṁsā vinayadhare.

      There are seven benefits of being an expert on the Monastic Law. —

1051. 1051

      सत्तsat·ta परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

      Satta paramāni.

      There are seven rules about ‘at the most’. —

1052. 1052

      सत्तमेsat·ta·me अरुणुग्गमनेa·ru·ṇug·ga·ma·ne निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ होति।ho·ti

      Sattame aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṁ hoti.

      There is becoming subject to relinquishment at dawn on the seventh day. —

1053. 1053

      सत्तsat·ta समथा।sa·ma·thā

      Satta samathā.

      There are seven principles for settling legal issues. —

1054. 1054

      सत्तsat·ta कम्मानि।kam·mā·ni

      Satta kammāni.

      There are seven kinds of legal procedures. —

1055. 1055

      सत्तsat·ta आमकधञ्ञानि।ā·ma·ka·dhañ·ñā·ni

      Satta āmakadhaññāni.

      There are seven kinds of raw grain. —

1056. 1056

      तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ सत्तन्तरा।sat·tan·ta·rā

      Tiriyaṁ sattantarā.

      It is seven wide inside. —

1057. 1057

      गणभोजनेga·ṇa·bho·ja·ne सत्तsat·ta अनुपञ्ञत्तियो।a·nu·pañ·ñat·ti·yo

      Gaṇabhojane satta anupaññattiyo.

      There are seven additions to the rule on eating in a group. —

1058. 1058

      भेसज्जानिbhe·saj·jā·ni पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā सत्ताहपरमंsat·tā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ सन्निधिकारकंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·kaṃ परिभुञ्जितब्बानि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bā·ni

      Bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṁ sannidhikārakaṁ paribhuñjitabbāni.

      After being received, the tonics should be used from storage for at most seven days. —

1059. 1059

      कतचीवरंka·ta·cī·va·raṃ आदायā·dā·ya पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

      Katacīvaraṁ ādāya pakkamati.

      One takes a finished robe and leaves the monastery. —

1060. 1060

      कतचीवरंka·ta·cī·va·raṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

      Katacīvaraṁ samādāya pakkamati.

      One leaves the monastery with a finished robe. —

1061. 1061

      भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa नna होतिho·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दट्ठब्बा।daṭ·ṭhab·bā

      Bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.

      A monk doesn’t have any offense he needs to recognize. —

1062. 1062

      भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa होतिho·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दट्ठब्बा।daṭ·ṭhab·bā

      Bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.

      A monk does have an offense he needs to recognize. —

1063. 1063

      भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa होतिho·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दट्ठब्बा।daṭ·ṭhab·bā

      Bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.

      A monk has an offense he needs to make amends for. —

1064. 1064

      सत्तsat·ta अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Satta adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are seven kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1065. 1065

      सत्तsat·ta धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Satta dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are seven kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.

1066. 1066

      सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro होति—ho·ti

      Sattahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti—

      When a monk has seven qualities, he is an expert on the Monastic Law:

1067. 1067

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सीलवाsī·la·vā होति,ho·ti पातिमोक्खसंवरसंवुतोpā·ti·mok·kha·saṃ·va·ra·saṃ·vu·to विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti आचारगोचरसम्पन्नोā·cā·ra·go·ca·ra·sam·pan·no अणुमत्तेसुa·ṇu·mat·te·su वज्जेसुvaj·je·su भयदस्सावीbha·ya·das·sā·vī समादायsa·mā·dā·ya सिक्खतिsik·kha·ti सिक्खापदेसु,sik·khā·pa·de·su चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He is virtuous and restrained by the Monastic Code. His conduct is good, he associates with the right people, and he sees danger in minor faults. And he undertakes and trains in the training rules. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1068. 1068

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro होति—ho·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti—

      When a monk has seven other qualities, he is an expert on the Monastic Law:

1069. 1069

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to होतिho·ti सुतधरोsu·ta·dha·ro सुतसन्निचयोsu·ta·san·ni·ca·yo येye तेte धम्माdham·mā आदिकल्याणाā·di·kal·yā·ṇā मज्झेकल्याणाmaj·jhe·kal·yā·ṇā परियोसानकल्याणाpa·ri·yo·sā·na·kal·yā·ṇā सात्थंsāt·thaṃ सब्यञ्जनंsab·yañ·ja·naṃ केवलपरिपुण्णंke·va·la·pa·ri·puṇ·ṇaṃ परिसुद्धंpa·ri·sud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ अभिवदन्तिa·bhi·va·dan·ti तथारूपस्सta·thā·rū·pas·sa धम्माdham·mā बहुस्सुताba·hus·su·tā होन्तिhon·ti धाताdhā·tā वचसाva·ca·sā परिचिताpa·ri·ci·tā मनसानुपेक्खिताma·na·sā·nu·pek·khi·tā दिट्ठियाdiṭ·ṭhi·yā सुप्पटिविद्धा,sup·pa·ṭi·vid·dhā चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpassa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He has learned much, and he retains and accumulates what he has learned. Those teachings that are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that have a true goal and are well articulated, and that set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life—he has learned many such teachings, retained them in mind, recited them verbally, mentally investigated them, and penetrated them well by view. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1070. 1070

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro होति—ho·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti—

      When a monk has seven other qualities, he is an expert on the Monastic Law:

1071. 1071

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail; he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1072. 1072

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro होति—ho·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti—

      When a monk has seven other qualities, he is an expert on the Monastic Law:

1073. 1073

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti अनेकविहितंa·ne·ka·vi·hi·taṃ पुब्बेनिवासंpub·be·ni·vā·saṃ अनुस्सरति,a·nus·sa·ra·ti सेय्यथिदं—एकम्पिsey·ya·thi·daṃ जातिंjā·tiṃ द्वेपिdve·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo तिस्सोपिtis·so·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo चतस्सोपिca·tas·so·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo पञ्चपिpañ·ca·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo दसपिda·sa·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo वीसम्पिvī·sam·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo तिंसम्पिtiṃ·sam·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo चत्तालीसम्पिcat·tā·lī·sam·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo पञ्ञासम्पिpañ·ñā·sam·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo जातिसतम्पिjā·ti·sa·tam·pi जातिसहस्सम्पिjā·ti·sa·has·sam·pi जातिसतसहस्सम्पिjā·ti·sa·ta·sa·has·sam·pi अनेकेपिa·ne·ke·pi संवट्टकप्पेsaṃ·vaṭ·ṭa·kap·pe अनेकेपिa·ne·ke·pi विवट्टकप्पेvi·vaṭ·ṭa·kap·pe अनेकेपिa·ne·ke·pi संवट्टविवट्टकप्पे—“अमुत्रासिंsaṃ·vaṭ·ṭa·vi·vaṭ·ṭa·kap·pe एवंनामोe·vaṃ·nā·mo एवङ्गोत्तोe·vaṅ·got·to एवंवण्णोe·vaṃ·vaṇ·ṇo एवमाहारोe·va·mā·hā·ro एवंसुखदुक्खप्पटिसंवेदीe·vaṃ·su·kha·duk·khap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī एवमायुपरियन्तो,e·va·mā·yu·pa·ri·yan·to सोso ततोta·to चुतोcu·to अमुत्रa·mut·ra उदपादिं;u·da·pā·diṃ तत्रापासिंtat·rā·pā·siṃ एवंनामोe·vaṃ·nā·mo एवङ्गोत्तोe·vaṅ·got·to एवंवण्णोe·vaṃ·vaṇ·ṇo एवमाहारोe·va·mā·hā·ro एवंसुखदुक्खप्पटिसंवेदीe·vaṃ·su·kha·duk·khap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī एवमायुपरियन्तो,e·va·mā·yu·pa·ri·yan·to सोso ततोta·to चुतोcu·to इधूपपन्नो”तिi·dhū·pa·pan·no इतिi·ti साकारंsā·kā·raṃ सउद्देसंsa·ud·de·saṃ अनेकविहितंa·ne·ka·vi·hi·taṃ पुब्बेनिवासंpub·be·ni·vā·saṃ अनुस्सरति;a·nus·sa·ra·ti दिब्बेनdib·be·na चक्खुनाcak·khu·nā विसुद्धेनvi·sud·dhe·na अतिक्कन्तमानुसकेनa·tik·kan·ta·mā·nu·sa·ke·na सत्तेsat·te पस्सतिpas·sa·ti चवमानेca·va·mā·ne उपपज्जमानेu·pa·paj·ja·mā·ne हीनेhī·ne पणीतेpa·ṇī·te सुवण्णेsu·vaṇ·ṇe दुब्बण्णे,dub·baṇ·ṇe सुगतेsu·ga·te दुग्गतेdug·ga·te यथाकम्मूपगेya·thā·kam·mū·pa·ge सत्तेsat·te पजानाति—“इमेpa·jā·nā·ti वतva·ta भोन्तोbhon·to सत्ताsat·tā कायदुच्चरितेनkā·ya·duc·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā वचीदुच्चरितेनva·cī·duc·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā मनोदुच्चरितेनma·no·duc·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā अरियानंa·ri·yā·naṃ उपवादका,u·pa·vā·da·kā मिच्छादिट्ठिका,mic·chā·diṭ·ṭhi·kā मिच्छादिट्ठिकम्मसमादाना,mic·chā·diṭ·ṭhi·kam·ma·sa·mā·dā·nā तेte कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā अपायंa·pā·yaṃ दुग्गतिंdug·ga·tiṃ विनिपातंvi·ni·pā·taṃ निरयंni·ra·yaṃ उपपन्ना,u·pa·pan·nā इमेi·me वाvā पनpa·na भोन्तोbhon·to सत्ताsat·tā कायसुचरितेनkā·ya·su·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā वचीसुचरितेनva·cī·su·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā मनोसुचरितेनma·no·su·ca·ri·te·na समन्नागता,sa·man·nā·ga·tā अरियानंa·ri·yā·naṃ अनुपवादका,a·nu·pa·vā·da·kā सम्मादिट्ठिका,sam·mā·diṭ·ṭhi·kā सम्मादिट्ठिकम्मसमादाना,sam·mā·diṭ·ṭhi·kam·ma·sa·mā·dā·nā तेte कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपन्ना”तिu·pa·pan·nā इतिi·ti दिब्बेनdib·be·na चक्खुनाcak·khu·nā विसुद्धेनvi·sud·dhe·na अतिक्कन्तमानुसकेनa·tik·kan·ta·mā·nu·sa·ke·na सत्तेsat·te पस्सतिpas·sa·ti चवमानेca·va·mā·ne उपपज्जमानेu·pa·paj·ja·mā·ne हीनेhī·ne पणीतेpa·ṇī·te सुवण्णेsu·vaṇ·ṇe दुब्बण्णेdub·baṇ·ṇe सुगतेsu·ga·te दुग्गतेdug·ga·te यथाकम्मूपगेya·thā·kam·mū·pa·ge सत्तेsat·te पजानाति;pa·jā·nā·ti आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti; anāpattiṁ jānāti; lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti; garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti; anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe—“amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno”ti iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati; dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti—“ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā, ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā, sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti; āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He recollects many past lives, that is, one birth, two births, three births, four births, five births, ten births, twenty births, thirty births, forty births, fifty births, a hundred births, a thousand births, a hundred thousand births; many eons of world dissolution, many eons of world evolution, many eons of both dissolution and evolution; and he knows: ‘There I had such a name, such a family, such an appearance, such food, such an experience of pleasure and pain, and such a lifespan. Passing away from there, I was reborn elsewhere, and there I had such a name, such a family, such an appearance, such food, such an experience of pleasure and pain, and such a lifespan. Passing away from there, I was reborn here.’ In this way he recollects many past lives with their characteristics and particulars. (6) With superhuman and purified clairvoyance, he sees beings passing away and getting reborn, inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, gone to good destinations and to bad destinations, and he understands how beings pass on according to their actions: ‘These beings who engaged in misconduct by body, speech, and mind, who abused the noble ones, who had wrong views and acted accordingly, at the breaking up of the body after death, have been reborn in a lower realm, a bad destination, a world of misery, hell. But these beings who engaged in good conduct of body, speech, and mind, who did not abuse the noble ones, who held right view and acted accordingly, at the breaking up of the body after death, have been reborn in a good destination, a heaven world.’ In this way, with superhuman and purified clairvoyance, he sees beings passing away and getting reborn, inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, gone to good destinations and to bad destinations, and he understands how beings pass on according to their actions. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1074. 1074

      सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro सोभति—so·bha·ti

      Sattahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has seven qualities, he shines:

1075. 1075

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सीलवाsī·la·vā होतिho·ti …पे…pe समादायsa·mā·dā·ya सिक्खतिsik·kha·ti सिक्खापदेसु,sik·khā·pa·de·su चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He is virtuous and restrained by the Monastic Code. His conduct is good, he associates with the right people, and he sees danger in minor faults. And he undertakes and trains in the training rules. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1076. 1076

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro सोभति—so·bha·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has seven qualities, he shines:

1077. 1077

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe दिट्ठियाdiṭ·ṭhi·yā सुप्पटिविद्धोsup·pa·ṭi·vid·dho चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdho catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He has learned much, and he retains and accumulates what he has learned. Those teachings that are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that have a true goal and are well articulated, and that set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life—he has learned many such teachings, retained them in mind, recited them verbally, mentally investigated them, and penetrated them well by view. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1078. 1078

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro सोभति—so·bha·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has seven qualities, he shines:

1079. 1079

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ झानानंjhā·nā·naṃ आभिचेतसिकानंā·bhi·ce·ta·si·kā·naṃ दिट्ठधम्मसुखविहारानंdiṭ·ṭha·dham·ma·su·kha·vi·hā·rā·naṃ निकामलाभीni·kā·ma·lā·bhī होतिho·ti अकिच्छलाभीa·kic·cha·lā·bhī अकसिरलाभी,a·ka·si·ra·lā·bhī आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail; he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. (6) Whenever he wants, he accesses the four absorptions, those pleasant meditations of the higher mind. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1080. 1080

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi सत्तहङ्गेहिsat·ta·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro सोभति—so·bha·ti

      Aparehipi sattahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has seven qualities, he shines:

1081. 1081

      आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti अनापत्तिंa·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti लहुकंla·hu·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti गरुकंga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति;jā·nā·ti अनेकविहितंa·ne·ka·vi·hi·taṃ पुब्बेनिवासंpub·be·ni·vā·saṃ अनुस्सरति,a·nus·sa·ra·ti सेय्यथिदं—एकम्पिsey·ya·thi·daṃ जातिंjā·tiṃ द्वेपिdve·pi जातियोjā·ti·yo …पे…pe इतिi·ti साकारंsā·kā·raṃ सउद्देसंsa·ud·de·saṃ अनेकविहितंa·ne·ka·vi·hi·taṃ पुब्बेनिवासंpub·be·ni·vā·saṃ अनुस्सरति,a·nus·sa·ra·ti दिब्बेनdib·be·na चक्खुनाcak·khu·nā विसुद्धेनvi·sud·dhe·na अतिक्कन्तमानुसकेनa·tik·kan·ta·mā·nu·sa·ke·na सत्तेsat·te पस्सतिpas·sa·ti चवमानेca·va·mā·ne उपपज्जमानेu·pa·paj·ja·mā·ne हीनेhī·ne पणीतेpa·ṇī·te सुवण्णेsu·vaṇ·ṇe दुब्बण्णेdub·baṇ·ṇe सुगतेsu·ga·te दुग्गतेdug·ga·te यथाकम्मूपगेya·thā·kam·mū·pa·ge सत्तेsat·te पजानातिpa·jā·nā·ti …पे…pe इतिi·ti दिब्बेनdib·be·na चक्खुनाcak·khu·nā विसुद्धेनvi·sud·dhe·na अतिक्कन्तमानुसकेनa·tik·kan·ta·mā·nu·sa·ke·na सत्तेsat·te पस्सतिpas·sa·ti चवमानेca·va·mā·ne उपपज्जमानेu·pa·paj·ja·mā·ne हीनेhī·ne पणीतेpa·ṇī·te सुवण्णेsu·vaṇ·ṇe दुब्बण्णेdub·baṇ·ṇe सुगतेsu·ga·te दुग्गतेdug·ga·te यथाकम्मूपगेya·thā·kam·mū·pa·ge सत्तेsat·te पजानाति;pa·jā·nā·ti आसवानञ्चā·sa·vā·nañ·ca खयाkha·yā अनासवंa·nā·sa·vaṃ चेतोविमुत्तिंce·to·vi·mut·tiṃ पञ्ञाविमुत्तिंpañ·ñā·vi·mut·tiṃ दिट्ठेवdiṭ·ṭhe·va धम्मेdham·me सयंsa·yaṃ अभिञ्ञाa·bhiñ·ñā सच्छिकत्वाsac·chi·kat·vā उपसम्पज्जu·pa·sam·paj·ja विहरति।vi·ha·ra·ti

      āpattiṁ jānāti; anāpattiṁ jānāti; lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti; garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti; anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti …pe… iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti; āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

      (1) He knows the offenses. (2) He knows the non-offenses. (3) He knows the light offenses. (4) He knows the heavy offenses. (5) He recollects many past lives, that is, one birth, two births, three births, four births, five births, ten births, twenty births, thirty births, forty births, fifty births, a hundred births, a thousand births, a hundred thousand births; many eons of world dissolution, many eons of world evolution, many eons of both dissolution and evolution; and he knows: ‘There I had such a name, such a family, such an appearance, such food, such an experience of pleasure and pain, and such a lifespan. Passing away from there, I was reborn elsewhere, and there I had such a name, such a family, such an appearance, such food, such an experience of pleasure and pain, and such a lifespan. Passing away from there, I was reborn here.’ In this way he recollects many past lives with their characteristics and particulars. (6) With superhuman and purified clairvoyance, he sees beings passing away and getting reborn, inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, gone to good destinations and to bad destinations, and he understands how beings pass on according to their actions: ‘These beings who engaged in misconduct by body, speech, and mind, who abused the noble ones, who had wrong views and acted accordingly, at the breaking up of the body after death, have been reborn in a lower realm, a bad destination, a world of misery, hell. But these beings who engaged in good conduct of body, speech, and mind, who did not abuse the noble ones, who held right view and acted accordingly, at the breaking up of the body after death, have been reborn in a good destination, a heaven world.’ In this way, with superhuman and purified clairvoyance, he sees beings passing away and getting reborn, inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, gone to good destinations and to bad destinations, and he understands how beings pass on according to their actions. (7) And because of the ending of the corruptions, he has realized with his own insight, in this very life, the liberation by mind and the liberation by wisdom.

1082. 1082

      सत्तsat·ta असद्धम्मा—a·sad·dham·mā

      Satta asaddhammā—

      There are seven bad qualities:

1083. 1083

      अस्सद्धोas·sad·dho होति,ho·ti अहिरिकोa·hi·ri·ko होति,ho·ti अनोत्तप्पीa·not·tap·pī होति,ho·ti अप्पस्सुतोap·pas·su·to होति,ho·ti कुसीतोku·sī·to होति,ho·ti मुट्ठस्सतिmuṭ·ṭhas·sa·ti होति,ho·ti दुप्पञ्ञोdup·pañ·ño होति।ho·ti

      assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti.

      one has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; and one is ignorant, lazy, absentminded, and foolish. —

1084. 1084

      सत्तsat·ta सद्धम्मा—sad·dham·mā

      Satta saddhammā—

      There are seven good qualities:

1085. 1085

      सद्धोsad·dho होति,ho·ti हिरिमाhi·ri·mā होति,ho·ti ओत्तप्पीot·tap·pī होति,ho·ti बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to होति,ho·ti आरद्धवीरियोā·rad·dha·vī·ri·yo होति,ho·ti उपट्ठितस्सतिu·paṭ·ṭhi·tas·sa·ti होति,ho·ti पञ्ञवाpañ·ña·vā होतीति।ho·tī·ti

      saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hotīti.

      one has faith, conscience, and moral prudence; and one is learned, energetic, mindful, and wise.”

1086. 1086

      सत्तकंsat·ta·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Sattakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on sevens is finished.

1087. 1087

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1088. 1088

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti आपत्तिक्खन्धा,ā·pat·tik·khan·dhā

      Āpatti āpattikkhandhā,

      “Offense, classes of offenses,

1089. 1089

      विनीताvi·nī·tā सामीचिपिsā·mī·ci·pi च;ca

      vinītā sāmīcipi ca;

      Training, and proper ways;

1090. 1090

      अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā च,ca

      Adhammikā dhammikā ca,

      Illegitimate, and legitimate,

1091. 1091

      अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti चca सत्ताहं।sat·tā·haṃ

      anāpatti ca sattāhaṁ.

      And seven days is no offense.

1092. 1092

      आनिसंसाā·ni·saṃ·sā परमानि,pa·ra·mā·ni

      Ānisaṁsā paramāni,

      Benefits, ‘at the most’,

1093. 1093

      अरुणसमथेनa·ru·ṇa·sa·ma·the·na च;ca

      aruṇasamathena ca;

      Dawn, and with settling;

1094. 1094

      कम्माkam·mā आमकधञ्ञाā·ma·ka·dhañ·ñā च,ca

      Kammā āmakadhaññā ca,

      Legal procedures, and kinds of raw grain,

1095. 1095

      तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ गणभोजने।ga·ṇa·bho·ja·ne

      tiriyaṁ gaṇabhojane.

      Wide, eating in a group.

1096. 1096

      सत्ताहपरमंsat·tā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ आदाय,ā·dā·ya

      Sattāhaparamaṁ ādāya,

      At most seven days, takes,

1097. 1097

      समादायsa·mā·dā·ya तथेवta·the·va च;ca

      samādāya tatheva ca;

      And so with;

1098. 1098

      नna होतिho·ti होतिho·ti होतिho·ti च,ca

      Na hoti hoti hoti ca,

      Doesn’t, does, and does,

1099. 1099

      अधम्माa·dham·mā धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni च।ca

      adhammā dhammikāni ca.

      Illegitimate and legitimate.

1100. 1100

      चतुरोca·tu·ro विनयधरा,vi·na·ya·dha·rā

      Caturo vinayadharā,

      Four about experts on the Monastic Law,

1101. 1101

      चतुभिक्खूca·tu·bhik·khū चca सोभने;so·bha·ne

      catubhikkhū ca sobhane;

      And four about monks who shine;

1102. 1102

      सत्तsat·ta चेवce·va असद्धम्मा,a·sad·dham·mā

      Satta ceva asaddhammā,

      And seven bad qualities,

1103. 1103

      सत्तsat·ta सद्धम्माsad·dham·mā देसिताति।de·si·tā·ti

      satta saddhammā desitāti.

      Seven good qualities have been taught.”

1104. 1104

      8। अट्ठकवारaṭ·ṭha·ka·vā·ra

      8. Aṭṭhakavāra

      8. The section on eights

1105. 1105

      अट्ठानिसंसेaṭ·ṭhā·ni·saṃ·se सम्पस्समानेनsam·pas·sa·mā·ne·na नna सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā अदस्सनेa·das·sa·ne उक्खिपितब्बो।uk·khi·pi·tab·bo

      Aṭṭhānisaṁse sampassamānena na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo.

      “When you see eight benefits, you should not eject a monk for not recognizing an offense. —

1106. 1106

      अट्ठानिसंसेaṭ·ṭhā·ni·saṃ·se सम्पस्समानेनsam·pas·sa·mā·ne·na परेसम्पिpa·re·sam·pi सद्धायsad·dhā·ya साsā आपत्तिā·pat·ti देसेतब्बा।de·se·tab·bā

      Aṭṭhānisaṁse sampassamānena paresampi saddhāya sā āpatti desetabbā.

      When you see eight benefits, you should confess an offense even out of confidence in the others. —

1107. 1107

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha यावततियका।yā·va·ta·ti·ya·kā

      Aṭṭha yāvatatiyakā.

      There are eight ‘after the third’. —

1108. 1108

      अट्ठहाकारेहिaṭ·ṭha·hā·kā·re·hi कुलानिku·lā·ni दूसेति।dū·se·ti

      Aṭṭhahākārehi kulāni dūseti.

      There are eight ways of corrupting families. —

1109. 1109

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha मातिकाmā·ti·kā चीवरस्सcī·va·ras·sa उप्पादाय।up·pā·dā·ya

      Aṭṭha mātikā cīvarassa uppādāya.

      There are eight key phrases for the giving of robe-cloth. —

1110. 1110

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha मातिकाmā·ti·kā कथिनस्सka·thi·nas·sa उब्भाराय।ub·bhā·rā·ya

      Aṭṭha mātikā kathinassa ubbhārāya.

      There are eight key phrases for when the robe season comes to an end. —

1111. 1111

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पानानि।pā·nā·ni

      Aṭṭha pānāni.

      There are eight kinds of drinks. —

1112. 1112

      अट्ठहिaṭ·ṭha·hi असद्धम्मेहिa·sad·dham·me·hi अभिभूतोa·bhi·bhū·to परियादिन्नचित्तोpa·ri·yā·din·na·cit·to देवदत्तोde·va·dat·to आपायिकोā·pā·yi·ko नेरयिकोne·ra·yi·ko कप्पट्ठोkap·paṭ·ṭho अतेकिच्छो।a·te·kic·cho

      Aṭṭhahi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho.

      Because he was overcome and consumed by eight bad qualities, Devadatta is irredeemably destined to an eon in hell. —

1113. 1113

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha लोकधम्मा।lo·ka·dham·mā

      Aṭṭha lokadhammā.

      There are eight worldly phenomena. —

1114. 1114

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha गरुधम्मा।ga·ru·dham·mā

      Aṭṭha garudhammā.

      There are eight important principles. —

1115. 1115

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाटिदेसनीया।pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā

      Aṭṭha pāṭidesanīyā.

      There are eight offenses entailing acknowledgment. —

1116. 1116

      अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मुसावादो।mu·sā·vā·do

      Aṭṭhaṅgiko musāvādo.

      Lying has eight factors. —

1117. 1117

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha उपोसथङ्गानि।u·po·sa·thaṅ·gā·ni

      Aṭṭha uposathaṅgāni.

      The observance day has eight factors. —

1118. 1118

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha दूतेय्यङ्गानि।dū·tey·yaṅ·gā·ni

      Aṭṭha dūteyyaṅgāni.

      There are eight qualities of a qualified messenger. —

1119. 1119

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha तित्थियवत्तानि।tit·thi·ya·vat·tā·ni

      Aṭṭha titthiyavattāni.

      There are eight proper conducts of monastics of other religions. —

1120. 1120

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुतधम्माab·bhu·ta·dham·mā महासमुद्दे।ma·hā·sa·mud·de

      Aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutadhammā mahāsamudde.

      The great ocean has eight amazing qualities. —

1121. 1121

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुतधम्माab·bhu·ta·dham·mā इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनये।dham·ma·vi·na·ye

      Aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutadhammā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye.

      This spiritual path has eight amazing qualities. —

1122. 1122

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अनतिरित्ता।a·na·ti·rit·tā

      Aṭṭha anatirittā.

      There are eight ‘not left overs’. —

1123. 1123

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अतिरित्ता।a·ti·rit·tā

      Aṭṭha atirittā.

      There are eight ‘left overs’. —

1124. 1124

      अट्ठमेaṭ·ṭha·me अरुणुग्गमनेa·ru·ṇug·ga·ma·ne निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ होति।ho·ti

      Aṭṭhame aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṁ hoti.

      There is becoming subject to relinquishment at dawn on the eighth day. —

1125. 1125

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाराजिका।pā·rā·ji·kā

      Aṭṭha pārājikā.

      There are eight offenses entailing expulsion. —

1126. 1126

      अट्ठमंaṭ·ṭha·maṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ परिपूरेन्तीpa·ri·pū·ren·tī नासेतब्बा।nā·se·tab·bā

      Aṭṭhamaṁ vatthuṁ paripūrentī nāsetabbā.

      When she fulfills the eight parts, she should be expelled. —

1127. 1127

      अट्ठमंaṭ·ṭha·maṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ परिपूरेन्तियाpa·ri·pū·ren·ti·yā देसितापिde·si·tā·pi अदेसिताa·de·si·tā होति।ho·ti

      Aṭṭhamaṁ vatthuṁ paripūrentiyā desitāpi adesitā hoti.

      When she fulfills the eight parts, even if she confesses, it is not actually confessed. —

1128. 1128

      अट्ठवाचिकाaṭ·ṭha·vā·ci·kā उपसम्पदा।u·pa·sam·pa·dā

      Aṭṭhavācikā upasampadā.

      There is full ordination with eight statements. —

1129. 1129

      अट्ठन्नंaṭ·ṭhan·naṃ पच्चुट्ठातब्बं।pac·cuṭ·ṭhā·tab·baṃ

      Aṭṭhannaṁ paccuṭṭhātabbaṁ.

      One should stand up for eight people. —

1130. 1130

      अट्ठन्नंaṭ·ṭhan·naṃ आसनंā·sa·naṃ दातब्बं।dā·tab·baṃ

      Aṭṭhannaṁ āsanaṁ dātabbaṁ.

      One should offer a seat to eight people. —

1131. 1131

      उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā अट्ठaṭ·ṭha वरानिva·rā·ni याचति।yā·ca·ti

      Upāsikā aṭṭha varāni yācati.

      The female lay follower who asked for eight favors. —

1132. 1132

      अट्ठहङ्गेहिaṭ·ṭha·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनोवादकोbhik·khu·no·vā·da·ko सम्मन्नितब्बो।sam·man·ni·tab·bo

      Aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo.

      When a monk has eight qualities, he may be appointed as an instructor of the nuns. —

1133. 1133

      अट्ठानिसंसाaṭ·ṭhā·ni·saṃ·sā विनयधरे।vi·na·ya·dha·re

      Aṭṭhānisaṁsā vinayadhare.

      There are eight benefits of being an expert on the Monastic Law. —

1134. 1134

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

      Aṭṭha paramāni.

      There are eight rules about ‘at the most’. —

1135. 1135

      तस्सपापियसिकाकम्मकतेनtas·sa·pā·pi·ya·si·kā·kam·ma·ka·te·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अट्ठसुaṭ·ṭha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सम्माsam·mā वत्तितब्बं।vat·ti·tab·baṃ

      Tassapāpiyasikākammakatena bhikkhunā aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabbaṁ.

      A monk who has had a legal procedure of further penalty done against him should behave properly in eight respects. —

1136. 1136

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Aṭṭha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are eight kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1137. 1137

      अट्ठaṭ·ṭha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानीति।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·nī·ti

      Aṭṭha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanānīti.

      There are eight kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.”

1138. 1138

      अट्ठकंaṭ·ṭha·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Aṭṭhakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on eights is finished.

1139. 1139

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1140. 1140

      नna सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu परेसम्पि,pa·re·sam·pi

      Na so bhikkhu paresampi,

      “Not that monk, even in the others,

1141. 1141

      यावततियदूसना;yā·va·ta·ti·ya·dū·sa·nā

      yāvatatiyadūsanā;

      For the third time, corrupting;

1142. 1142

      मातिकाmā·ti·kā कथिनुब्भारा,ka·thi·nub·bhā·rā

      Mātikā kathinubbhārā,

      Key phrases, the robe season coming to an end,

1143. 1143

      पानाpā·nā अभिभूतेनa·bhi·bhū·te·na च।ca

      pānā abhibhūtena ca.

      Drinks, and with overcome by.

1144. 1144

      लोकधम्माlo·ka·dham·mā गरुधम्मा,ga·ru·dham·mā

      Lokadhammā garudhammā,

      Worldly phenomena, important principles,

1145. 1145

      पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā मुसा;mu·sā

      pāṭidesanīyā musā;

      Offenses entailing acknowledgment, lying;

1146. 1146

      उपोसथाu·po·sa·thā चca दूतङ्गा,dū·taṅ·gā

      Uposathā ca dūtaṅgā,

      And observance days, qualities of a qualified messenger,

1147. 1147

      तित्थियाtit·thi·yā समुद्देपिsa·mud·de·pi च।ca

      titthiyā samuddepi ca.

      Monastics of other religions, and also of the ocean.

1148. 1148

      अब्भुताab·bhu·tā अनतिरित्तं,a·na·ti·rit·taṃ

      Abbhutā anatirittaṁ,

      Amazing, not left over,

1149. 1149

      अतिरित्तंa·ti·rit·taṃ निस्सग्गियं;nis·sag·gi·yaṃ

      atirittaṁ nissaggiyaṁ;

      Left over, subject to relinquishment;

1150. 1150

      पाराजिकट्ठमंpā·rā·ji·kaṭ·ṭha·maṃ वत्थु,vat·thu

      Pārājikaṭṭhamaṁ vatthu,

      Offenses entailing expulsion, parts,

1151. 1151

      अदेसितूपसम्पदा।a·de·si·tū·pa·sam·pa·dā

      adesitūpasampadā.

      Not actually confessed, full ordination.

1152. 1152

      पच्चुट्ठानासनञ्चेव,pac·cuṭ·ṭhā·nā·sa·nañ·ce·va

      Paccuṭṭhānāsanañceva,

      One should stand up for, and seat,

1153. 1153

      वरंva·raṃ ओवादकेनo·vā·da·ke·na च;ca

      varaṁ ovādakena ca;

      Favor, and with an instructor;

1154. 1154

      आनिसंसाā·ni·saṃ·sā परमानि,pa·ra·mā·ni

      Ānisaṁsā paramāni,

      Benefits, ‘at the most’,

1155. 1155

      अट्ठधम्मेसुaṭ·ṭha·dham·me·su वत्तना;vat·ta·nā

      aṭṭhadhammesu vattanā;

      Behaving in eight respects;

1156. 1156

      अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā च,ca

      Adhammikā dhammikā ca,

      Illegitimate, and legitimate,

1157. 1157

      अट्ठकाaṭ·ṭha·kā सुप्पकासिताति।sup·pa·kā·si·tā·ti

      aṭṭhakā suppakāsitāti.

      The section on eights has been well proclaimed.”

1158. 1158

      9। नवकवारna·va·ka·vā·ra

      9. Navakavāra

      9. The section on nines

1159. 1159

      नवna·va आघातवत्थूनि।ā·ghā·ta·vat·thū·ni

      Nava āghātavatthūni.

      “There are nine grounds for resentment. —

1160. 1160

      नवna·va आघातपटिविनया।ā·ghā·ta·pa·ṭi·vi·na·yā

      Nava āghātapaṭivinayā.

      There are nine ways of getting rid of resentment. —

1161. 1161

      नवna·va विनीतवत्थूनि।vi·nī·ta·vat·thū·ni

      Nava vinītavatthūni.

      There are nine grounds of training. —

1162. 1162

      नवna·va पठमापत्तिका।pa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kā

      Nava paṭhamāpattikā.

      There are nine immediate offenses. —

1163. 1163

      नवहिna·va·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिज्जति।bhij·ja·ti

      Navahi saṅgho bhijjati.

      The Sangha is split by a group of nine. —

1164. 1164

      नवna·va पणीतभोजनानि।pa·ṇī·ta·bho·ja·nā·ni

      Nava paṇītabhojanāni.

      There are nine fine foods. —

1165. 1165

      नवमंसेहिna·va·maṃ·se·hi दुक्कटं।duk·ka·ṭaṃ

      Navamaṁsehi dukkaṭaṁ.

      There is an offense of wrong conduct for eating nine kinds of meat. —

1166. 1166

      नवna·va पातिमोक्खुद्देसा।pā·ti·mok·khud·de·sā

      Nava pātimokkhuddesā.

      There are nine ways of reciting the Monastic Code. —

1167. 1167

      नवna·va परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

      Nava paramāni.

      There are nine rules about ‘at the most’. —

1168. 1168

      नवna·va तण्हामूलकाtaṇ·hā·mū·la·kā धम्मा।dham·mā

      Nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā.

      There are nine things rooted in craving. —

1169. 1169

      नवna·va विधमाना।vi·dha·mā·nā

      Nava vidhamānā.

      There are nine kinds of conceit. —

1170. 1170

      नवna·va चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni अधिट्ठातब्बानि।a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·tab·bā·ni

      Nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni.

      There are nine kinds of robes that should be determined. —

1171. 1171

      नवna·va चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni नna विकप्पेतब्बानि।vi·kap·pe·tab·bā·ni

      Nava cīvarāni na vikappetabbāni.

      There are nine kinds of robes that should not be assigned to another. —

1172. 1172

      दीघसोdī·gha·so नवna·va विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया।su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā

      Dīghaso nava vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā.

      Nine standard handspans long. —

1173. 1173

      नवna·va अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni दानानि।dā·nā·ni

      Nava adhammikāni dānāni.

      There are nine illegitimate kinds of gifts. —

1174. 1174

      नवna·va अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā पटिग्गहा।pa·ṭig·ga·hā

      Nava adhammikā paṭiggahā.

      There are nine illegitimate kinds of receiving. —

1175. 1175

      नवna·va अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā परिभोगा—pa·ri·bho·gā

      Nava adhammikā paribhogā—

      There are nine illegitimate kinds of possession. —

1176. 1176

      तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni दानानि,dā·nā·ni तयोta·yo धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā पटिग्गहा,pa·ṭig·ga·hā तयोta·yo धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā परिभोगा।pa·ri·bho·gā

      tīṇi dhammikāni dānāni, tayo dhammikā paṭiggahā, tayo dhammikā paribhogā.

      There are three legitimate kinds of gifts, three legitimate kinds of receiving, and three legitimate kinds of possession. —

1177. 1177

      नवna·va अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā सञ्ञत्तियो।sañ·ñat·ti·yo

      Nava adhammikā saññattiyo.

      There are nine illegitimate ways of winning over. —

1178. 1178

      नवna·va धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā सञ्ञत्तियो।sañ·ñat·ti·yo

      Nava dhammikā saññattiyo.

      There are nine legitimate ways of winning over. —

1179. 1179

      अधम्मकम्मेa·dham·ma·kam·me द्वेdve नवकानि।na·va·kā·ni

      Adhammakamme dve navakāni.

      There are two groups of nine on illegitimate legal procedures. —

1180. 1180

      धम्मकम्मेdham·ma·kam·me द्वेdve नवकानि।na·va·kā·ni

      Dhammakamme dve navakāni.

      There are two groups of nine on legitimate legal procedures. —

1181. 1181

      नवna·va अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Nava adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are nine kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1182. 1182

      नवna·va धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानीति।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·nī·ti

      Nava dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanānīti.

      There are nine kinds of legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.”

1183. 1183

      नवकंna·va·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Navakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on nines is finished.

1184. 1184

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1185. 1185

      आघातवत्थुविनया,ā·ghā·ta·vat·thu·vi·na·yā

      Āghātavatthuvinayā,

      “Grounds for resentment, getting rid of,

1186. 1186

      विनीताvi·nī·tā पठमेनpa·ṭha·me·na च;ca

      vinītā paṭhamena ca;

      Training, and with immediate;

1187. 1187

      भिज्जतिbhij·ja·ti चca पणीतञ्च,pa·ṇī·tañ·ca

      Bhijjati ca paṇītañca,

      And is split, and fine,

1188. 1188

      मंसुद्देसपरमानिmaṃ·sud·de·sa·pa·ra·mā·ni च।ca

      maṁsuddesaparamāni ca.

      Meat, reciting, and ‘at the most’.

1189. 1189

      तण्हाtaṇ·hā मानाmā·nā अधिट्ठाना,a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·nā

      Taṇhā mānā adhiṭṭhānā,

      Craving, conceit, determined,

1190. 1190

      विकप्पेvi·kap·pe चca विदत्थियो;vi·dat·thi·yo

      vikappe ca vidatthiyo;

      And assignment to another, handspans;

1191. 1191

      दानाdā·nā पटिग्गहाpa·ṭig·ga·hā भोगा,bho·gā

      Dānā paṭiggahā bhogā,

      Gifts, kinds of receiving, kinds of possession,

1192. 1192

      तिविधाti·vi·dhā पुनpu·na धम्मिका।dham·mi·kā

      tividhā puna dhammikā.

      Again threefold legitimate kinds.

1193. 1193

      अधम्मधम्मसञ्ञत्ति,a·dham·ma·dham·ma·sañ·ñat·ti

      Adhammadhammasaññatti,

      Illegitimate ways of winning over, <j>and legitimate ways of winning over,

1194. 1194

      दुवेdu·ve द्वेdve नवकानिna·va·kā·ni च;ca

      duve dve navakāni ca;

      And twice two groups of nine;

1195. 1195

      पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni,

      Cancellations of the Monastic Code,

1196. 1196

      अधम्मधम्मिकानिa·dham·ma·dham·mi·kā·ni चाति।cā·ti

      adhammadhammikāni cāti.

      Illegitimate, and legitimate.”

1197. 1197

      10। दसकवारda·sa·ka·vā·ra

      10. Dasakavāra

      10. The section on tens

1198. 1198

      दसda·sa आघातवत्थूनि।ā·ghā·ta·vat·thū·ni

      Dasa āghātavatthūni.

      “There are ten grounds for resentment. —

1199. 1199

      दसda·sa आघातपटिविनया।ā·ghā·ta·pa·ṭi·vi·na·yā

      Dasa āghātapaṭivinayā.

      There are ten ways of getting rid of resentment. —

1200. 1200

      दसda·sa विनीतवत्थूनि।vi·nī·ta·vat·thū·ni

      Dasa vinītavatthūni.

      There are ten grounds of training. —

1201. 1201

      दसवत्थुकाda·sa·vat·thu·kā मिच्छादिट्ठि।mic·chā·diṭ·ṭhi

      Dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi.

      There are ten subject matters of wrong view. —

1202. 1202

      दसवत्थुकाda·sa·vat·thu·kā सम्मादिट्ठि।sam·mā·diṭ·ṭhi

      Dasavatthukā sammādiṭṭhi.

      There are ten subject matters of right view. —

1203. 1203

      दसda·sa अन्तग्गाहिकाan·tag·gā·hi·kā दिट्ठि।diṭ·ṭhi

      Dasa antaggāhikā diṭṭhi.

      There are ten extreme views. —

1204. 1204

      दसda·sa मिच्छत्ता।mic·chat·tā

      Dasa micchattā.

      There are ten kinds of wrongness. —

1205. 1205

      दसda·sa सम्मत्ता।sam·mat·tā

      Dasa sammattā.

      There are ten kinds of rightness. —

1206. 1206

      दसda·sa अकुसलकम्मपथा।a·ku·sa·la·kam·ma·pa·thā

      Dasa akusalakammapathā.

      There are ten ways of doing unskillful deeds. —

1207. 1207

      दसda·sa कुसलकम्मपथा।ku·sa·la·kam·ma·pa·thā

      Dasa kusalakammapathā.

      There are ten ways of doing skillful deeds. —

1208. 1208

      दसda·sa अधम्मिकाa·dham·mi·kā सलाकग्गाहा।sa·lā·kag·gā·hā

      Dasa adhammikā salākaggāhā.

      There are ten reasons why a vote is illegitimate. —

1209. 1209

      दसda·sa धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā सलाकग्गाहा।sa·lā·kag·gā·hā

      Dasa dhammikā salākaggāhā.

      There are ten reasons why a vote is legitimate. —

1210. 1210

      सामणेरानंsā·ma·ṇe·rā·naṃ दसda·sa सिक्खापदानि।sik·khā·pa·dā·ni

      Sāmaṇerānaṁ dasa sikkhāpadāni.

      There are ten training rules for novice monks. —

1211. 1211

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro नासेतब्बो।nā·se·tab·bo

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato sāmaṇero nāsetabbo.

      A novice monk who has ten qualities should be expelled.

1212. 1212

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has ten qualities, he is considered ignorant:

1213. 1213

      अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ नna उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ अनुग्गहेत्वाa·nug·ga·het·vā परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ अनुग्गहेत्वाa·nug·ga·het·vā अधम्मेनa·dham·me·na कारेति,kā·re·ti अप्पटिञ्ञायap·pa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā मूलंmū·laṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिसमुदयंā·pat·ti·sa·mu·da·yaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dhaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधगामिनिंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ नna जानाति।jā·nā·ti

      attano bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggaṇhāti, parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ na uggaṇhāti, attano bhāsapariyantaṁ anuggahetvā parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ anuggahetvā adhammena kāreti, appaṭiññāya āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā mūlaṁ na jānāti, āpattisamudayaṁ na jānāti, āpattinirodhaṁ na jānāti, āpattinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ na jānāti.

      (1) he does not grasp what is proper for himself to say; (2) he does not grasp what is proper for others to say; (3-5) not grasping either, he makes them act illegitimately, without their admission; (6) he does not know the offenses; (7) he does not know the roots of the offenses; (8) he does not know the origin of the offenses; (9) he does not know the ending of the offenses; (10) he does not know the way leading to the ending of the offenses.

1214. 1214

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      But when an expert on the Monastic Law has ten qualities, he is considered learned:

1215. 1215

      अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गण्हाति,ug·gaṇ·hā·ti अत्तनोat·ta·no भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā परस्सpa·ras·sa भासपरियन्तंbhā·sa·pa·ri·yan·taṃ उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā धम्मेनdham·me·na कारेति,kā·re·ti पटिञ्ञायpa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā मूलंmū·laṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिसमुदयंā·pat·ti·sa·mu·da·yaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dhaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आपत्तिनिरोधगामिनिंā·pat·ti·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ जानाति।jā·nā·ti

      attano bhāsapariyantaṁ uggaṇhāti, parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ uggaṇhāti, attano bhāsapariyantaṁ uggahetvā parassa bhāsapariyantaṁ uggahetvā dhammena kāreti, paṭiññāya āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā mūlaṁ jānāti, āpattisamudayaṁ jānāti, āpattinirodhaṁ jānāti, āpattinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ jānāti.

      (1) he grasps what is proper for himself to say; (2) he grasps what is proper for others to say; (3-5) grasping both, he makes them act legitimately, in accordance with their admission; (6) he knows the offenses; (7) he knows the roots of the offenses; (8) he knows the origin of the offenses; (9) he knows the ending of the offenses; (10) he knows the way leading to the ending of the offenses.

1216. 1216

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Aparehipi dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has ten other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

1217. 1217

      अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa मूलंmū·laṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणसमुदयंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·mu·da·yaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dhaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधगामिनिंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti वत्थुंvat·thuṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti निदानंni·dā·naṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्ञत्तिंpañ·ñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुपञ्ञत्तिंa·nu·pañ·ñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुसन्धिवचनपथंa·nu·san·dhi·va·ca·na·pa·thaṃ नna जानाति।jā·nā·ti

      adhikaraṇaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇassa mūlaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇasamudayaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhaṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ na jānāti, vatthuṁ na jānāti, nidānaṁ na jānāti, paññattiṁ na jānāti, anupaññattiṁ na jānāti, anusandhivacanapathaṁ na jānāti.

      (1) he does not know the legal issues; (2) he does not know the root of the legal issues; (3) he does not know the origin of the legal issues; (4) he does not know the ending of the legal issues; (5) he does not know the way leading to the ending of the legal issues; (6) he does not know the actions that are the bases for offenses; (7) he does not know the origin stories; (8) he does not know the rules; (9) he does not know the additions to the rules; (10) he does not know the sequence of statements.

1218. 1218

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      But when an expert on the Monastic Law has ten qualities, he is considered learned:

1219. 1219

      अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa मूलंmū·laṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणसमुदयंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·mu·da·yaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dhaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणनिरोधगामिनिंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ni·ro·dha·gā·mi·niṃ पटिपदंpa·ṭi·pa·daṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti वत्थुंvat·thuṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti निदानंni·dā·naṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पञ्ञत्तिंpañ·ñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुपञ्ञत्तिंa·nu·pañ·ñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अनुसन्धिवचनपथंa·nu·san·dhi·va·ca·na·pa·thaṃ जानाति।jā·nā·ti

      adhikaraṇaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇassa mūlaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇasamudayaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhaṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ jānāti, vatthuṁ jānāti, nidānaṁ jānāti, paññattiṁ jānāti, anupaññattiṁ jānāti, anusandhivacanapathaṁ jānāti.

      (1) he knows legal issues; (2) he knows the root of the legal issues; (3) he knows the origin of the legal issues; (4) he knows the ending of the legal issues; (5) he knows the way leading to the ending of the legal issues; (6) he knows the actions that are the bases for offenses; (7) he knows the origin stories; (8) he knows the rules; (9) he knows the additions to the rules; (10) he knows the sequence of statements.

1220. 1220

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Aparehipi dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has ten other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

1221. 1221

      ञत्तिंñat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti ञत्तियाñat·ti·yā करणंka·ra·ṇaṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti नna पुब्बकुसलोpub·ba·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti नna अपरकुसलोa·pa·ra·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti अकालञ्ञूa·kā·lañ·ñū चca होति,ho·ti आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti आचरियपरम्पराā·ca·ri·ya·pa·ram·pa·rā खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa नna सुग्गहिताsug·ga·hi·tā होतिho·ti नna सुमनसिकताsu·ma·na·si·ka·tā नna सूपधारिता।sū·pa·dhā·ri·tā

      ñattiṁ na jānāti, ñattiyā karaṇaṁ na jānāti, na pubbakusalo hoti, na aparakusalo hoti, akālaññū ca hoti, āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ācariyaparamparā kho panassa na suggahitā hoti na sumanasikatā na sūpadhāritā.

      (1) he does not know the motion; (2) he does not know how the motion is done; (3) he is not skilled in what comes first; (4) he is not skilled in what comes afterwards; (5) he does not know the right time; (6) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (7) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (8) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (9) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (10) he has not well-learned or well-remembered his teachers’ tradition.

1222. 1222

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      But when an expert on the Monastic Law has ten qualities, he is considered learned:

1223. 1223

      ञत्तिंñat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti ञत्तियाñat·ti·yā करणंka·ra·ṇaṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti पुब्बकुसलोpub·ba·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti अपरकुसलोa·pa·ra·ku·sa·lo होति,ho·ti कालञ्ञूkā·lañ·ñū चca होति,ho·ti आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti आचरियपरम्पराā·ca·ri·ya·pa·ram·pa·rā खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa सुग्गहिताsug·ga·hi·tā होतिho·ti सुमनसिकताsu·ma·na·si·ka·tā सूपधारिता।sū·pa·dhā·ri·tā

      ñattiṁ jānāti, ñattiyā karaṇaṁ jānāti, pubbakusalo hoti, aparakusalo hoti, kālaññū ca hoti, āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hoti sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā.

      (1) he knows the motion; (2) he knows how the motion is done; (3) he is skilled in what comes first; (4) he is skilled in what comes afterwards; (5) he knows the right time; (6) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (7) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (8) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (9) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (10) he has well-learned and well-remembered his teachers’ tradition.

1224. 1224

      अपरेहिपिa·pa·re·hi·pi दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “बालो”bā·lo त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Aparehipi dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “bālo” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      When an expert on the Monastic Law has ten other qualities, he is considered ignorant:

1225. 1225

      आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na नna स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti नna सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni नna सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni नna सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नna जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe चca नna विनिच्छयकुसलोvi·nic·cha·ya·ku·sa·lo होति।ho·ti

      āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, āpattānāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, adhikaraṇe ca na vinicchayakusalo hoti.

      (1) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (3) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has not properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, not having analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; (6) he does not know the offenses and non-offenses; (7) he does not know the light and heavy offenses; (8) he does not know the curable and incurable offenses; (9) he does not know the grave and minor offenses; (10) he is not skilled in deciding legal issues.

1226. 1226

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to विनयधरोvi·na·ya·dha·ro “पण्डितो”paṇ·ḍi·to त्वेवtve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छति—gac·cha·ti

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato vinayadharo “paṇḍito” tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati—

      But when an expert on the Monastic Law has ten qualities, he is considered learned:

1227. 1227

      आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho पनस्सpa·nas·sa पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्तिhon·ti सुविभत्तानिsu·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनिsup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानिsu·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसोsut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so आपत्तानापत्तिंā·pat·tā·nā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti लहुकगरुकंla·hu·ka·ga·ru·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti सावसेसानवसेसंsā·va·se·sā·na·va·se·saṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti दुट्ठुल्लादुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·duṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ जानाति,jā·nā·ti अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe चca विनिच्छयकुसलोvi·nic·cha·ya·ku·sa·lo होति।ho·ti

      āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, āpattānāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukagarukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sāvasesānavasesaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, adhikaraṇe ca vinicchayakusalo hoti.

      (1) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (2) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (3) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (4) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (5) he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, having analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; (6) he knows the offenses and non-offenses; (7) he knows the light and heavy offenses; (8) he knows the curable and incurable offenses; (9) he knows the grave and minor offenses; (10) he is skilled in deciding legal issues.

1228. 1228

      दसहङ्गेहिda·sa·haṅ·ge·hi समन्नागतोsa·man·nā·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu उब्बाहिकायub·bā·hi·kā·ya सम्मन्नितब्बो।sam·man·ni·tab·bo

      Dasahaṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu ubbāhikāya sammannitabbo.

      A monk who has ten qualities may be appointed to a committee. —

1229. 1229

      दसda·sa अत्थवसेat·tha·va·se पटिच्चpa·ṭic·ca तथागतेनta·thā·ga·te·na सावकानंsā·va·kā·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

      Dasa atthavase paṭicca tathāgatena sāvakānaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

      The Buddha laid down the training rules for his disciples for ten reasons. —

1230. 1230

      दसda·sa आदीनवाā·dī·na·vā राजन्तेपुरप्पवेसने।rā·jan·te·pu·rap·pa·ve·sa·ne

      Dasa ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane.

      There are ten dangers of entering a royal compound. —

1231. 1231

      दसda·sa दानवत्थूनि।dā·na·vat·thū·ni

      Dasa dānavatthūni.

      There are ten reasons for giving. —

1232. 1232

      दसda·sa रतनानि।ra·ta·nā·ni

      Dasa ratanāni.

      There are ten precious things. —

1233. 1233

      दसवग्गोda·sa·vag·go भिक्खुसङ्घो।bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

      Dasavaggo bhikkhusaṅgho.

      A sangha of monks consisting of a group of ten. —

1234. 1234

      दसवग्गेनda·sa·vag·ge·na गणेनga·ṇe·na उपसम्पादेतब्बं।u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ

      Dasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbaṁ.

      A group of ten may give the full ordination. —

1235. 1235

      दसda·sa पंसुकूलानि।paṃ·su·kū·lā·ni

      Dasa paṁsukūlāni.

      There are ten kinds of rags. —

1236. 1236

      दसda·sa चीवरधारणा।cī·va·ra·dhā·ra·ṇā

      Dasa cīvaradhāraṇā.

      There are ten kinds of robe wearing. —

1237. 1237

      दसाहपरमंda·sā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ अतिरेकचीवरंa·ti·re·ka·cī·va·raṃ धारेतब्बं।dhā·re·tab·baṃ

      Dasāhaparamaṁ atirekacīvaraṁ dhāretabbaṁ.

      One should keep an extra robe for ten days at the most. —

1238. 1238

      दसda·sa सुक्कानि।suk·kā·ni

      Dasa sukkāni.

      There are ten kinds of semen. —

1239. 1239

      दसda·sa इत्थियो।it·thi·yo

      Dasa itthiyo.

      There are ten kinds of women. —

1240. 1240

      दसda·sa भरियायो।bha·ri·yā·yo

      Dasa bhariyāyo.

      There are ten kinds of wives. —

1241. 1241

      वेसालियाve·sā·li·yā दसda·sa वत्थूनिvat·thū·ni दीपेन्ति।dī·pen·ti

      Vesāliyā dasa vatthūni dīpenti.

      The ten practices proclaimed as allowable at Vesālī. —

1242. 1242

      दसda·sa पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अवन्दिया।a·van·di·yā

      Dasa puggalā avandiyā.

      There are ten kinds of people a monk should not pay respect to. —

1243. 1243

      दसda·sa अक्कोसवत्थूनि।ak·ko·sa·vat·thū·ni

      Dasa akkosavatthūni.

      There are ten kinds of abuse. —

1244. 1244

      दसहाकारेहिda·sa·hā·kā·re·hi पेसुञ्ञंpe·suñ·ñaṃ उपसंहरति।u·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti

      Dasahākārehi pesuññaṁ upasaṁharati.

      There are ten ways of engaging in malicious talebearing. —

1245. 1245

      दसda·sa सेनासनानि।se·nā·sa·nā·ni

      Dasa senāsanāni.

      There are ten kinds of furniture. —

1246. 1246

      दसda·sa वरानिva·rā·ni याचिंसु।yā·ciṃ·su

      Dasa varāni yāciṁsu.

      They asked for ten favors. —

1247. 1247

      दसda·sa अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are ten kinds of illegitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1248. 1248

      दसda·sa धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

      Dasa dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

      There are the ten legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code. —

1249. 1249

      दसानिसंसाda·sā·ni·saṃ·sā यागुया।yā·gu·yā

      Dasānisaṁsā yāguyā.

      These are the ten benefits of congee. —

1250. 1250

      दसda·sa मंसाmaṃ·sā अकप्पिया।a·kap·pi·yā

      Dasa maṁsā akappiyā.

      There are ten kinds of unallowable meat. —

1251. 1251

      दसda·sa परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

      Dasa paramāni.

      There are ten rules on ‘at the most’. —

1252. 1252

      दसवस्सेनda·sa·vas·se·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā ब्यत्तेनbyat·te·na पटिबलेनpa·ṭi·ba·le·na पब्बाजेतब्बंpab·bā·je·tab·baṃ उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपट्ठापेतब्बो।u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bo

      Dasavassena bhikkhunā byattena paṭibalena pabbājetabbaṁ upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

      A competent and capable monk who has ten years of seniority may give the going forth, the full ordination, and formal support, and may have a novice monk attend on him. —

1253. 1253

      दसवस्सायda·sa·vas·sā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā ब्यत्तायbyat·tā·ya पटिबलायpa·ṭi·ba·lā·ya पब्बाजेतब्बंpab·bā·je·tab·baṃ उपसम्पादेतब्बंu·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·baṃ निस्सयोnis·sa·yo दातब्बोdā·tab·bo सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī उपट्ठापेतब्बा।u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·bā

      Dasavassāya bhikkhuniyā byattāya paṭibalāya pabbājetabbaṁ upasampādetabbaṁ nissayo dātabbo sāmaṇerī upaṭṭhāpetabbā.

      A competent and capable nun who has ten years of seniority may give the going forth, the full ordination, and formal support, and may have a novice nun attend on her. —

1254. 1254

      दसवस्सायda·sa·vas·sā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā ब्यत्तायbyat·tā·ya पटिबलायpa·ṭi·ba·lā·ya वुट्ठापनसम्मुतिvuṭ·ṭhā·pa·na·sam·mu·ti सादितब्बा।sā·di·tab·bā

      Dasavassāya bhikkhuniyā byattāya paṭibalāya vuṭṭhāpanasammuti sāditabbā.

      A competent and capable nun who has ten years of seniority may agree to be approved to give the full admission. —

1255. 1255

      दसवस्सायda·sa·vas·sā·ya गिहिगतायgi·hi·ga·tā·ya सिक्खाsik·khā दातब्बाति।dā·tab·bā·ti

      Dasavassāya gihigatāya sikkhā dātabbāti.

      The training may be given to a married girl who is ten years old.”

1256. 1256

      दसकंda·sa·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Dasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on tens is finished.

1257. 1257

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1258. 1258

      आघातंā·ghā·taṃ विनयंvi·na·yaṃ वत्थु,vat·thu

      Āghātaṁ vinayaṁ vatthu,

      “Resentment, getting rid of, grounds,

1259. 1259

      मिच्छाmic·chā सम्माsam·mā चca अन्तगा;an·ta·gā

      micchā sammā ca antagā;

      Wrong, and right, extreme;

1260. 1260

      मिच्छत्ताmic·chat·tā चेवce·va सम्मत्ता,sam·mat·tā

      Micchattā ceva sammattā,

      And kinds of wrongness, kinds of rightness,

1261. 1261

      अकुसलाa·ku·sa·lā कुसलापिku·sa·lā·pi च।ca

      akusalā kusalāpi ca.

      Unskillful, and also skillful.

1262. 1262

      सलाकाsa·lā·kā अधम्माa·dham·mā धम्मा,dham·mā

      Salākā adhammā dhammā,

      An illegitimate vote, legitimate,

1263. 1263

      सामणेराsā·ma·ṇe·rā चca नासना;nā·sa·nā

      sāmaṇerā ca nāsanā;

      Novice monks, and expelling;

1264. 1264

      भासाधिकरणञ्चेव,bhā·sā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇañ·ce·va

      Bhāsādhikaraṇañceva,

      To say, and legal issue,

1265. 1265

      ञत्तिलहुकमेवñat·ti·la·hu·ka·me·va च।ca

      ñattilahukameva ca.

      Motion, and light.

1266. 1266

      लहुकाla·hu·kā गरुकाga·ru·kā एते,e·te

      Lahukā garukā ete,

      These light and heavy,

1267. 1267

      कण्हसुक्काkaṇ·ha·suk·kā विजानथ;vi·jā·na·tha

      kaṇhasukkā vijānatha;

      Understand the dark and bright;

1268. 1268

      उब्बाहिकाub·bā·hi·kā चca सिक्खाsik·khā च,ca

      Ubbāhikā ca sikkhā ca,

      And committee, and training,

1269. 1269

      अन्तेपुरेan·te·pu·re चca वत्थूनि।vat·thū·ni

      antepure ca vatthūni.

      And compound, reasons.

1270. 1270

      रतनंra·ta·naṃ दसवग्गोda·sa·vag·go च,ca

      Ratanaṁ dasavaggo ca,

      Precious thing, and a group of ten,

1271. 1271

      तथेवta·the·va उपसम्पदा;u·pa·sam·pa·dā

      tatheva upasampadā;

      And so the full ordination;

1272. 1272

      पंसुकूलधारणाpaṃ·su·kū·la·dhā·ra·ṇā च,ca

      Paṁsukūladhāraṇā ca,

      Rag, and wearing,

1273. 1273

      दसाहसुक्कइत्थियो।da·sā·ha·suk·ka·it·thi·yo

      dasāhasukkaitthiyo.

      Ten days, semen, women.

1274. 1274

      भरियाbha·ri·yā दसda·sa वत्थूनि,vat·thū·ni

      Bhariyā dasa vatthūni,

      Wives, ten practices,

1275. 1275

      अवन्दियक्कोसेनa·van·di·yak·ko·se·na च;ca

      avandiyakkosena ca;

      Should not pay respect to, and with abuse;

1276. 1276

      पेसुञ्ञञ्चेवpe·suñ·ñañ·ce·va सेनानि,se·nā·ni

      Pesuññañceva senāni,

      And malicious talebearing, kinds of furniture,

1277. 1277

      वरानिva·rā·ni चca अधम्मिका।a·dham·mi·kā

      varāni ca adhammikā.

      And favors, illegitimate.

1278. 1278

      धम्मिकाdham·mi·kā यागुमंसाyā·gu·maṃ·sā च,ca

      Dhammikā yāgumaṁsā ca,

      Legitimate, congee, and meat,

1279. 1279

      परमाpa·ra·mā भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनी;bhik·khu·nī

      paramā bhikkhu bhikkhunī;

      ‘At the most’, monk, nun;

1280. 1280

      वुट्ठापनाvuṭ·ṭhā·pa·nā गिहिगता,gi·hi·ga·tā

      Vuṭṭhāpanā gihigatā,

      Full admission, married girl,

1281. 1281

      दसकाda·sa·kā सुप्पकासिताति।sup·pa·kā·si·tā·ti

      dasakā suppakāsitāti.

      The section on tens have been well proclaimed.”

1282. 1282

      11। एकादसकवारe·kā·da·sa·ka·vā·ra

      11. Ekādasakavāra

      11. The section on elevens

1283. 1283

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अनुपसम्पन्नाa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nā नna उपसम्पादेतब्बा,u·pa·sam·pā·de·tab·bā उपसम्पन्नाu·pa·sam·pan·nā नासेतब्बा।nā·se·tab·bā

      Ekādasa puggalā anupasampannā na upasampādetabbā, upasampannā nāsetabbā.

      “There are eleven kinds of people who should not be ordained, and if they have been ordained, they should be expelled. —

1284. 1284

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पादुकाpā·du·kā अकप्पिया।a·kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa pādukā akappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of unallowable shoes. —

1285. 1285

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पत्ताpat·tā अकप्पिया।a·kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa pattā akappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of unallowable almsbowls. —

1286. 1286

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni अकप्पियानि।a·kap·pi·yā·ni

      Ekādasa cīvarāni akappiyāni.

      There are eleven kinds of unallowable robes. —

1287. 1287

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa यावततियका।yā·va·ta·ti·ya·kā

      Ekādasa yāvatatiyakā.

      There are eleven ‘after the third’. —

1288. 1288

      भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ एकादसe·kā·da·sa अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā पुच्छितब्बा।puc·chi·tab·bā

      Bhikkhunīnaṁ ekādasa antarāyikā dhammā pucchitabbā.

      The nuns should be asked about the eleven obstacles. —

1289. 1289

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni अधिट्ठातब्बानि।a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·tab·bā·ni

      Ekādasa cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni.

      There are eleven kinds of robes that should be determined. —

1290. 1290

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni नna विकप्पेतब्बानि।vi·kap·pe·tab·bā·ni

      Ekādasa cīvarāni na vikappetabbāni.

      There are eleven kinds of robes that should not be assigned to another. —

1291. 1291

      एकादसेe·kā·da·se अरुणुग्गमनेa·ru·ṇug·ga·ma·ne निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ होति।ho·ti

      Ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṁ hoti.

      Becoming subject to relinquishment at dawn on the eleventh day. —

1292. 1292

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa गण्ठिकाgaṇ·ṭhi·kā कप्पिया।kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa gaṇṭhikā kappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of allowable toggles. —

1293. 1293

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa विधाvi·dhā कप्पिया।kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa vidhā kappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of allowable buckles. —

1294. 1294

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पथवीpa·tha·vī अकप्पिया।a·kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa pathavī akappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of unallowable earth. —

1295. 1295

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पथवीpa·tha·vī कप्पिया।kap·pi·yā

      Ekādasa pathavī kappiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of allowable earth. —

1296. 1296

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa निस्सयपटिप्पस्सद्धियो।nis·sa·ya·pa·ṭip·pas·sad·dhi·yo

      Ekādasa nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo.

      There are eleven reasons why formal support comes to an end. —

1297. 1297

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā अवन्दिया।a·van·di·yā

      Ekādasa puggalā avandiyā.

      There are eleven kinds of people a monk should not pay respect to. —

1298. 1298

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa परमानि।pa·ra·mā·ni

      Ekādasa paramāni.

      There are eleven rules on ‘at the most’. —

1299. 1299

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa वरानिva·rā·ni याचिंसु।yā·ciṃ·su

      Ekādasa varāni yāciṁsu.

      They asked for eleven favors. —

1300. 1300

      एकादसe·kā·da·sa सीमादोसा।sī·mā·do·sā

      Ekādasa sīmādosā.

      There are eleven kinds of flaws in monastery zones. —

1301. 1301

      अक्कोसकपरिभासकेak·ko·sa·ka·pa·ri·bhā·sa·ke पुग्गलेpug·ga·le एकादसादीनवाe·kā·da·sā·dī·na·vā पाटिकङ्खा।pā·ṭi·kaṅ·khā

      Akkosakaparibhāsake puggale ekādasādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā.

      There are eleven dangers to be expected for people who abuse and revile.

1302. 1302

      मेत्तायmet·tā·ya चेतोविमुत्तियाce·to·vi·mut·ti·yā आसेवितायā·se·vi·tā·ya भावितायbhā·vi·tā·ya बहुलीकतायba·hu·lī·ka·tā·ya यानीकतायyā·nī·ka·tā·ya वत्थुकतायvat·thu·ka·tā·ya अनुट्ठितायa·nuṭ·ṭhi·tā·ya परिचितायpa·ri·ci·tā·ya सुसमारद्धायsu·sa·mā·rad·dhā·ya एकादसानिसंसाe·kā·da·sā·ni·saṃ·sā पाटिकङ्खा।pā·ṭi·kaṅ·khā

      Mettāya cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ekādasānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā.

      There are eleven benefits to be expected for one who practices the liberation of mind through love, who develops, cultivates, and makes it a vehicle and basis, who keeps it up, accumulates, and properly implements it:

1303. 1303

      सुखंsu·khaṃ सुपति,su·pa·ti सुखंsu·khaṃ पटिबुज्झति,pa·ṭi·buj·jha·ti नna पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ सुपिनंsu·pi·naṃ पस्सति,pas·sa·ti मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ पियोpi·yo होति,ho·ti अमनुस्सानंa·ma·nus·sā·naṃ पियोpi·yo होति,ho·ti देवताde·va·tā रक्खन्ति,rak·khan·ti नास्सnās·sa अग्गिag·gi वाvā विसंvi·saṃ वाvā सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā कमति,ka·ma·ti तुवट्टंtu·vaṭ·ṭaṃ चित्तंcit·taṃ समाधियति,sa·mā·dhi·ya·ti मुखवण्णोmu·kha·vaṇ·ṇo विप्पसीदति,vip·pa·sī·da·ti असम्मूळ्होa·sam·mū·ḷho कालंkā·laṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti उत्तरिut·ta·ri अप्पटिविज्झन्तोap·pa·ṭi·vij·jhan·to ब्रह्मलोकूपगोbrah·ma·lo·kū·pa·go होति—ho·ti

      Sukhaṁ supati, sukhaṁ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṁ supinaṁ passati, manussānaṁ piyo hoti, amanussānaṁ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, nāssa aggi vā visaṁ vā satthaṁ vā kamati, tuvaṭṭaṁ cittaṁ samādhiyati, mukhavaṇṇo vippasīdati, asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, uttari appaṭivijjhanto brahmalokūpago hoti—

      (1) you sleep well, (2) you wake up rested, and (3) you have no nightmares; (4) you are loved by humans and (5) spirits; (6) you are protected by the gods; (7) you cannot be harmed by fire, poison, or weapons; (8) your mind is quickly stilled; (9) your face is serene; (10) you die unconfused; and (11) if you do not go any further, you are reborn in the world of the supreme beings.”

1304. 1304

      मेत्तायmet·tā·ya चेतोविमुत्तियाce·to·vi·mut·ti·yā आसेवितायā·se·vi·tā·ya भावितायbhā·vi·tā·ya बहुलीकतायba·hu·lī·ka·tā·ya यानीकतायyā·nī·ka·tā·ya वत्थुकतायvat·thu·ka·tā·ya अनुट्ठितायa·nuṭ·ṭhi·tā·ya परिचितायpa·ri·ci·tā·ya सुसमारद्धायsu·sa·mā·rad·dhā·ya इमेi·me एकादसानिसंसाe·kā·da·sā·ni·saṃ·sā पाटिकङ्खाति।pā·ṭi·kaṅ·khā·ti

      mettāya cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ime ekādasānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhāti.

      (Pāli only)

1305. 1305

      एकादसकंe·kā·da·sa·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Ekādasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The section on elevens is finished.

1306. 1306

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1307. 1307

      नासेतब्बाnā·se·tab·bā पादुकाpā·du·kā च,ca

      Nāsetabbā pādukā ca,

      “Should be expelled, and shoes,

1308. 1308

      पत्ताpat·tā चca चीवरानिcī·va·rā·ni च;ca

      pattā ca cīvarāni ca;

      And almsbowls, and robes;

1309. 1309

      ततियाta·ti·yā पुच्छितब्बाpuc·chi·tab·bā च,ca

      Tatiyā pucchitabbā ca,

      Thirds, and should be asked about,

1310. 1310

      अधिट्ठानविकप्पना।a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·na·vi·kap·pa·nā

      adhiṭṭhānavikappanā.

      Determination, assigning to another.

1311. 1311

      अरुणाa·ru·ṇā गण्ठिकाgaṇ·ṭhi·kā विधा,vi·dhā

      Aruṇā gaṇṭhikā vidhā,

      Dawn, toggles, buckles,

1312. 1312

      अकप्पियाa·kap·pi·yā चca कप्पियं;kap·pi·yaṃ

      akappiyā ca kappiyaṁ;

      And unallowable, allowable;

1313. 1313

      निस्सयावन्दियाnis·sa·yā·van·di·yā चेव,ce·va

      Nissayāvandiyā ceva,

      Formal support, and should not pay respect to,

1314. 1314

      परमानिpa·ra·mā·ni वरानिva·rā·ni च;ca

      paramāni varāni ca;

      ‘At the most’, and favors;

1315. 1315

      सीमादोसाsī·mā·do·sā चca अक्कोसा,ak·ko·sā

      Sīmādosā ca akkosā,

      And flaws in monastery zones, abuse,

1316. 1316

      मेत्तायेकादसाmet·tā·ye·kā·da·sā कताति।ka·tā·ti

      mettāyekādasā katāti.

      With love—the elevens are done.”

1317. 1317

      एकुत्तरिकं।e·kut·ta·ri·kaṃ

      Ekuttarikaṁ.

      The numerical method is finished.

1318. 1318

      तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

      Tassuddānaṁ

      This is the summary:

1319. 1319

      एककाe·ka·kā चca दुकाdu·kā चेव,ce·va

      Ekakā ca dukā ceva,

      “The ones, and the twos,

1320. 1320

      तिकाti·kā चca चतुपञ्चका;ca·tu·pañ·ca·kā

      tikā ca catupañcakā;

      And the threes, fours, and fives;

1321. 1321

      छसत्तट्ठनवकाcha·sat·taṭ·ṭha·na·va·kā च,ca

      Chasattaṭṭhanavakā ca,

      And the sixes, sevens, eights, and nines,

1322. 1322

      दसda·sa एकादसानिe·kā·da·sā·ni च।ca

      dasa ekādasāni ca.

      The tens, and the elevens.

1323. 1323

      हितायhi·tā·ya सब्बसत्तानं,sab·ba·sat·tā·naṃ

      Hitāya sabbasattānaṁ,

      For the welfare of all beings,

1324. 1324

      ञातधम्मेनñā·ta·dham·me·na तादिना;tā·di·nā

      ñātadhammena tādinā;

      By the Unwavering One who knows the Teaching;

1325. 1325

      एकुत्तरिकाe·kut·ta·ri·kā विमला,vi·ma·lā

      Ekuttarikā vimalā,

      The stainless numerical method,

1326. 1326

      महावीरेनma·hā·vī·re·na देसिताति।de·si·tā·ti

      mahāvīrena desitāti.

      Was taught by the Great Hero.”

1327. 1327

      एकुत्तरिकंe·kut·ta·ri·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

      Ekuttarikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

      The numerical method is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.